Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Diagnostics & Research / Danaher

Danaher

dhr · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker dhr
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Diagnostics & Research
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Danaher
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
d
A
N
A
h
e
R

2
0
0
9

A
N
N
U
A
l

R
e
p
O
R
t

I N V E S T E D
FUTURE

IN OUR

www.dANAheR.cOm

2009 ANNUAl RepORt

2099 pennsylvania Avenue Nw, 12th Floor  |  washington, dc 20006  |  t: 202.828.0850

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
medIcAl techNOlOgIeS  

Our medical technologies businesses 
offer dental, research and clinical 
medical professionals high performance 
instrumentation and consumables to 
help them solve the world’s leading 
scientific challenges. danaher’s life 
Sciences and diagnostics platform 
provides services and solutions to clinical 
histopathology laboratories, hospital 
central labs and point-of-care locations, 
as well as government, academic and 
pharmaceutical research laboratories. 
Our dental platform provides complete 
treatment solutions for the dental 
operatory, including dental consumables, 
digital imaging products, precision 
dental hand pieces, treatment units and 
diagnostic systems.

Financial Operating Highlights 
(dollars in thousands except per share data and number of associates)

2009 

2008

Sales 
Operating profit 
Net earnings 
Earnings per share (diluted) 
Operating cash flow 
Capital expenditures 
Free cash flow (operating cash flow less capital expenditures) 
Number of associates  
Total assets  
Total debt  
Stockholders’ equity  
Total capitalization (total debt plus stockholders’ equity)  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

11,184,938 
1,542,476 
1,151,704 
3.46 
1,800,834 
188,547 
1,612,287 
46,600 
19,595,420 
2,933,209 
11,630,176 
14,563,385 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

12,697,456
1,869,477
1,317,631
3.95
1,859,029
193,783
1,665,246
50,300
17,490,128
2,619,329
9,808,562
12,427,891

ShARehOldeR INFORmAtION

Our transfer agent can help you with a variety  
of shareholder related services including:

Additional inquiries may be directed  
to Investor Relations at:

  change of address
  lost stock certificates
  transfer of stock to another person
  Additional administrative services

Contacting our Transfer Agent

computershare 
pO Box 43078 
providence, RI  02940-3078 
toll Free: 800.568.3476 
Outside the U.S.: 312.588.4991

Investor Relations

this annual report along with a variety of  
other financial materials can be viewed at  
www.danaher.com.

danaher 
2099 pennsylvania Avenue Nw, 12th Floor 
washington, dc  20006

phone: 202.828.0850 
Fax: 202.828.0860 
email: investor.relations@danaher.com

Annual Meeting

danaher’s annual shareholder meeting will be held on 
may 11, 2010 in washington, dc. Shareholders who 
would like to attend the meeting should register with 
Investor Relations by calling 202.828.0850 or via email 
at investor.relations@danaher.com.

Auditors

ernst & Young llp, mclean, Virginia

Stock Listing

Symbol: dhR 
New York Stock exchange

www.dANAheR.cOm

    
    
 
 
 
 
tools & coMPonents 

our tools & components businesses are some of the 
largest producers and distributors of general purpose 
and specialty mechanics’ hand tools. our businesses also 
manufacture toolboxes and storage devices; diesel engine 
retarders; wheel service equipment; drill chucks; and 
custom-designed fasteners and components. 

industrial technologies  

our industrial technologies businesses manufacture 
products and sub-systems typically incorporated 
into production and packaging lines and into various 
end-products and systems. our Product identification 
platform manufactures equipment and consumables to 
support variable printing and marking on many of the 
world’s consumer products, as well as to help scan and 
track packages shipped in the u.s. our Motion platform 
provides innovative solutions combining flexibility, 
precision, efficiency and reliability for applications 
as diverse as hybrid vehicles, lift trucks, robotics and 
packaging machines. 

Professional instruMentation 

our Professional instrumentation businesses provide 
professional engineers and technical customers with 
equipment, consumables and services to enable and enhance 
their work in the environmental and test and measurement 
fields. danaher’s environmental platform provides water 
treatment and analytic solutions for municipal laboratories, 
industrial and field applications, as well as retail and 
commercial petroleum products and services. our test & 
Measurement platform manufactures bench top and compact 
professional electronic test tools, calibration equipment and 
network diagnostic and management solutions. 

danaher Proudly celebrated our  

25th anniversary on sePteMber 27, 2009. 
For 25 years, Danaher has focused on designing, manufacturing and marketing innovative products 
and services for professional, medical, industrial and commercial customers. For 25 years, we have 
strived to create value for our shareholders by delivering superior financial performance, including 
above-market sales growth and cash flow generation. For 25 years, we have endeavored to create 
a superior work environment for our 47,000 associates located around the globe. We thank our 
customers, our shareholders and our associates for continued confidence in Danaher, and we look 
forward to the sharing our successes with you over the next 25 years. 

2009 Annual Report

1

    
dear fellow shareholder:

We were pleased with the way our businesses executed in an exceptionally 
challenging operating environment throughout 2009. The Danaher team stayed 
focused throughout the year on both our customers and our performance. Key 
highlights include:

•  We delivered revenues in excess of $11.1 billion

•  We exceeded $1.6 billion in free cash flow

•  We generated a free cash flow to net income conversion ratio of  

140%, representing the 18th consecutive year in which free cash flow 
exceeded net income

• Our stock price appreciated more than 30% in 2009 

We served our customers well during these difficult times, while delivering good results on a 
relative basis and again outperforming the S&P 500. 

invested in our future

In 2009, we invested in projects and people with a focus on long-term paybacks, by making 
difficult decisions now, rather than sacrificing our future simply to deliver in the short term.  
It was a year of change and uncertainty, but we tackled it head-on as we always have 
and demonstrated the power of the Danaher Business System (DBS) and the quality of the 
Danaher team.   

During the year DBS helped us focus on internal growth investments, new product 
introductions and cost control and reduction activities, while staying active on the acquisition 
front, signing or closing 18 transactions during the year. We believed that the difficult macro 
economic environment would offer opportunities that others would not, or could not, seize 
and we were right. 

Go-to-Market Initiatives

The combination of DBS and the innovative technologies resident in our businesses resulted 
in several of our companies capturing market share during the year. Over the past several 
years, we enhanced our suite of DBS go-to-market tools specifically intended to improve 

2

2009 Annual Report

    
    
 
gilbarco veeder-root PassPort ® 

today’s convenience store environment has 
more challenges than ever – more items, more 
programs, more components. gilbarco veeder-
root has developed the Passport® point-of-sale 
system to help convenience stores manage 
these challenges in a more efficient, more 
secure, and more profitable way.  in 2009, sales 
of gvr’s Passport® system more than doubled, 
outpacing the competition. even with this strong 
performance in 2009, we believe there is more 
than $100 million of additional opportunities over 
the next several years as convenience stores 
look to upgrade their technology. 

growth and to capture share gains. New tools around 
setting clear expectations to drive more face-to-face selling 
opportunities, Web 2.0 marketing and improving brand 
positions helped us to outperform during the year.

Perhaps the best example of that success is at ChemTreat, 
where in 2009 organic revenues grew at a mid-single digit 
rate in a market that we estimate declined at a high single 
digit rate. ChemTreat captured market share by accelerating 
investment in their state-of-the-art sales force initiatives, 
using a systematic approach to recruit and motivate sales 
people very much in a DBS way.

We saw similar share gain successes at Gilbarco Veeder-
Root in our payment systems and point-of-sale solutions;  
at Matco, our mobile professional automotive tool 
business; and at Radiometer for our critical care  
analytical instrumentation.

Innovation and Research and Development

Over the last decade, we increased our focus on innovation and 
our research and development (R&D) efforts. R&D as a percent 
of sales increased from approximately 3% in 2001 to now 
quickly approaching 6% today. This is due both to the evolution 
of the portfolio and to the added emphasis we have placed on 
R&D across all of our businesses.

Our commitment to R&D is important because it is a key part 
of accelerating organic growth, representing an investment in the 
future. You see this in our new product flow and in the expansion of 
existing platforms. Danaher’s product vitality index increased from 
near 20% earlier in the decade to almost 30% today.

Perhaps nowhere is that more evident than at Tektronix. Tektronix has 
long been known for its great technical capability. With the adoption 
of DBS two years ago, the company unlocked additional resources to 
help sharpen its focus on R&D and innovation.

teKtroniX Mso70000 

tektronix launched the Mso70000, the 
first mixed-single high-end oscilloscope 
with bandwidths up to 20 ghz, in the fourth 
quarter of 2009.  customers are excited by 
the scope’s industry-leading system debug 
capabilities, which can speed up their time 
to market, and by enhanced measurement 
solutions which allow for analysis of the 
most challenging system designs. the 
Mso70000 completes tektronix’s Mso 
offering from 100 Mhz to 20 ghz.  

2009 Annual Report

3

    
    
Tektronix isn’t the only business seeing the benefits from increased R&D investments. Throughout the 
year, we launched a number of new products, including: 

•  At Videojet, we introduced the 1610 small character continuous ink-jet printer for customers 
running high speed production lines and needing around-the-clock coding solutions. The 1610 
completes our 1000 series of CIJ printers, each designed to deliver a breakthrough in up-time, 
print quality and ease of servicing for our customers.

•  Leica Microsystems launched the SCN400 Microscope slide scanning solution, offering the 
fastest scanning speed and highest image quality of any slide scanner on the market today.

•  Fluke’s new 233 DMM Remote Display Multimeter with wireless capabilities is expected 
to drive a new level of convenience and productivity for building engineers and industrial 
electricians. 

•  DEXIS introduced the new Platinum Sensor, an intra-oral, digital x-ray sensor with the ability 
to take vertical and horizontal bitewings with a single sensor. Dentists love the small size and 
the ease-of-use associated with its unique design elements.

Right-sized Cost Structure

While we were pleased with the success of our internal growth initiatives throughout the year, we 
knew that the macro economic environment dictated that cost reduction activities were necessary to 
right-size our cost base and remain competitive. In such a challenging environment we were fortunate 
to have more than 20 years of DBS experience. 

We were committed to DBS years before others cared about such concepts and, as a result, when 
it became evident that cost reduction actions were necessary, we were able to leverage the kaizen 
mindset to quickly identify actions that we needed to take. During the last quarter of 2008 and 
throughout 2009, we spent approximately $320 million on restructuring activities, making us a leaner 
company. While never easy, these actions helped to position us for growth in 2010 and beyond.

Emerging Markets

In addition to our growth initiatives and cost actions, we also continued our commitment to expanding 
our global reach, particularly in the emerging economies. Emerging market sales grew from 12% of 
total revenues in 2004 to 19% in 2009 and achieved a 23% compounded average annual growth rate 
over this period. Much of that growth has been centered in China, but also more recently in Brazil, India 
and the Middle East. 

4

2009 Annual Report

    
    
LEICA BIOSYSTEMS BOND-III

leica enables medical professionals in 
histopathology all over the world to deliver 
improved patient care while simultaneously 
increasing productivity and efficiency. the 
class-leading bond-iii automated staining 
system supports cancer diagnosis to deliver 
what really matters to our customers such as 
faster time-to-diagnosis, increased laboratory 
capacity through faster turn-around-time, 
improved laboratory efficiency through leaner 
work-flow, and reduced operator touch-time.

2009 Annual Report

5

    
    
Making sure that we have good feet-on-the-street 
execution and go-to-market resources behind 
our strong brands is crucial to our success in the 
emerging markets; all the while, ensuring that our 
local workforces comply with our rigorous standards 
of conduct. 

One of our best emerging market growth stories 
is at Fluke, which has been the foundation for us 
as we build our presence in China. For more than 
a decade, Fluke has been investing aggressively 
in our China Development Center to make sure we 
develop products in China, for China. Localization 
has helped us penetrate mid- and lower price point 
segments of the Chinese market more effectively, 
while maintaining above average margins.

fluKe

since established in 2004, fluke’s china r&d 
team has been designing products to satisfy local 
customer needs.  by conducting extensive voice-
of-the-customer (voc) studies in china, the team 
is able to identify problems unique and specific 
to the chinese customer and subsequently to 
develop solutions to combat those challenges. 
over the past several years, the fluke china r&d 
team has developed digital Multimeters, Process 
calibrators and current clamps to address the 
vast test and measurement requirements of the 
chinese customer at an affordable price point.  

Acquisitions

Our free cash flow remains strong, and we’ve put it to use in acquisitions aimed at strengthening our 
competitive positions and accelerating our sales and earnings growth potential. 

As we learned back in 2002, acquisition opportunities ripen with macro uncertainty, particularly for 
companies such as ours that are well capitalized and well managed. In that respect, 2009 played out 
much the same way for us. 

We spent approximately $2 billion on 18 strategically important transactions announced or closed 
in 2009, bringing in about $1.1 billion of new revenue. The largest of these transactions was the 
acquisition of AB SCIEX and Molecular Devices which closed in January 2010. With the inclusion of 
these two fine Life Sciences companies, we now have a $4 billion Medical Technologies segment 
focused in two growth platforms — Dental and Life Sciences and Diagnostics. In partnership with Leica 
and Radiometer, AB SCIEX and Molecular Devices form the basis of the $2 billion Life Sciences and 
Diagnostics platform, while Dental remains anchored by our Sybron and KaVo brands. The vast majority 
of new businesses acquired in 2009 are centered on our targeted growth platforms — Dental, Life 
Sciences and Diagnostics, Product Identification, Test & Measurement and Environmental. 

6

2009 Annual Report

    
    
 
AB SCIEX

with a more than 20-year history of innovation, 
ab scieX is the market leader in mass 
spectrometry.  ab scieX is a global developer 
of best-in-class technologies that help answer 
complex scientific challenges and improve our 
world. we create scientific instrumentation, 
software and services for the life science, clinical 
research and industrial markets, empowering 
our customers with technologies that are used 
in improving the understanding of diseases, 
protecting the global food and water supply, and 
enabling faster, more efficient pharmaceutical 
development and production. we believe we can 
improve people’s lives by delivering new and 
innovative technologies that ultimately create 
wellness, confidence and trust.

2009 Annual Report

7

    
    
As with every acquisition we make, we are hard at work 
making sure we successfully integrate these businesses 
and associates into Danaher and immerse them in DBS. 
We are encouraged about what these new businesses 
mean in terms of our strategic position and our top-line 
and bottom-line growth trajectories in 2010 and beyond.

The Best Team Wins

Our most important core value has always been “The Best Team 
Wins.” Our performance in 2009 was the result of relentless 
dedication by our talented leadership team and the hard work of 
our 47,000 associates around the globe. We recognize that our 
success depends upon our ability to continue to develop  
and retain this outstanding team. I thank them here for all they 
do for Danaher. 

final thoughts

Palodex grouP 

in november 2009, danaher acquired 
Palodex group, based in helsinki, finland, an 
industry leader specializing in dental imaging 
technology.  the instrumentarium dental 
and soredex brands complement danaher’s 
existing imaging footprint in sensor and 3d 
cone beam systems, while enhancing our 
product offerings in panoramic imaging.  
Kavo now has a leading product portfolio  
in all digital imaging categories across 
multiple geographies.

In many respects, while 2009 was a year we hope not to see again any time soon, we took full 
advantage of the opportunities, while facing up to the realities. We are off to an encouraging start in 
2010. We believe we are moving beyond stabilization to the early signs of growth, and with that the 
organic and inorganic investments we made throughout 2009 should position us well, as we strive to 
outperform again in 2010. 

Thank you for your continued support and confidence. 

h. lawrence culp, Jr. 

President and chief executive officer

March 19, 2010

8

2009 Annual Report

    
2009
foRm 10-K

    
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)  
⌧

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009  

OR  

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

(cid:2)

For the transition period from              to               

Commission File Number: 1-8089  

DANAHER CORPORATION  
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Delaware
(State of Other Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation or Organization) 

2099 Pennsylvania Ave. N.W., 12 Floor 
Washington, D.C.
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

th 

59-1995548
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification Number) 

20006-1813
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 202-828-0850  

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of Each Class
Common Stock $.01 par value

Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  

NONE  
(Title of Class)  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 

Act.    Yes  

    No  

⌧

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

⌧

Act.    Yes  

    No  

    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 

Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days.    Yes  

    No  

⌧

(cid:2)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every 

Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or 
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  

    No  

⌧

(cid:2)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will 
not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part 
III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K  

⌧

.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller 
reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

  Accelerated filer

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

Large accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer  

⌧

(cid:2)

  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  Smaller reporting company 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 

(cid:2)

⌧

Act)    Yes  

    No  

As of February 12, 2010, the number of shares of Registrant’s common stock outstanding was 323,482,284. The aggregate 

market value of common shares held by non-affiliates of the Registrant on July 3, 2009 was $15.1 billion, based upon the closing 
price of the Registrant’s common shares as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange composite tape on such date.  

EXHIBIT INDEX APPEARS ON PAGE 105  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

Part III incorporates certain information by reference from the Registrant’s proxy statement for its 2010 annual meeting of 
stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after Registrant’s fiscal year end. With the exception of the 
sections of the 2010 Proxy Statement specifically incorporated herein by reference, the 2010 Proxy Statement is not deemed to be 
filed as part of this Form 10-K.  

  
  
  
  
  
  
INFORMATION RELATING TO FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  

Certain information included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report, in other documents filed with or furnished by us to 
the SEC, in our press releases or in our other communications through webcasts, conference calls and other presentations, may be 
deemed to be “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. All statements other than statements of 
historical fact are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements, including statements regarding: projections of 
revenue, expenses, profit, profit margins, tax rates, tax provisions, cash flows, pension and benefit obligations and funding 
requirements, our liquidity position or other financial measures; management’s plans and strategies for future operations, including 
statements relating to anticipated operating performance, cost reductions, restructuring activities (including estimates of the scope, 
type, timing and cost of such activities) new product and service developments, competitive strengths, acquisitions and related 
synergies, divestitures, securities offerings, stock repurchases and executive compensation; growth, declines and other trends in 
markets we sell into; general economic conditions; the anticipated impact of adopting new accounting pronouncements; the 
anticipated outcome of outstanding claims, legal proceedings, tax audits and other contingent liabilities; foreign currency exchange 
rates and fluctuations in those rates; assumptions underlying any of the foregoing; and any other statements that address events or 
developments that Danaher intends or believes will or may occur in the future. Forward-looking statements may be characterized by 
terminology such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “should,” “would,” “intend,” “plan,” “will,” “expects,” “estimates,” “projects,” 
“positioned” and similar expressions. These statements are based on assumptions and assessments made by our management in light 
of their experience and perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors they 
believe to be appropriate. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including but not 
limited to the risks and uncertainties set forth under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Annual Report.  

Any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and actual results may differ materially from those 
envisaged by such forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking 
statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of the report, document, press release, webcast, call or other 
presentation in which they are made. We do not assume any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as 
a result of new information, future events and developments or otherwise.  

ITEM 1. BUSINESS 

General  

PART I  

Danaher Corporation (“Danaher,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our”) derives its sales from the design, manufacture and marketing of 
professional, medical, industrial, commercial and consumer products, which are typically characterized by strong brand names, 
proprietary technology and major market positions. Our laboratory, design and develop, manufacturing, sales, distribution, service 
and administrative facilities are located in more than 40 countries. Our business consists of four segments: Professional 
Instrumentation, Medical Technologies, Industrial Technologies, and Tools & Components.  

We strive to create shareholder value through:  

•

•

•

  delivering sales growth, excluding the impact of acquired businesses, in excess of the overall market growth for our 
products and services;  
  upper quartile financial performance compared to our peer companies; and 

  upper quartile cash flow generation from operations compared to our peer companies. 

To accomplish these goals, we use a set of tools and processes, known as the DANAHER BUSINESS SYSTEM (“DBS”), which are 
designed to continuously improve business performance in the critical areas of quality, delivery, cost and innovation. Within the DBS 
framework, we pursue a number of ongoing strategic initiatives relating to idea generation, product development and 
commercialization and global sourcing of materials and services, manufacturing improvement and sales and marketing. To further 
these objectives we also acquire businesses that either strategically fit within our existing business portfolio or expand our portfolio 
into a new and attractive business area. We believe  

3 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
there are many acquisition opportunities available within our target markets. The extent to which we make and effectively integrate 
appropriate acquisitions will affect our overall growth and operating results. We also continually assess the strategic fit of our existing 
businesses and may divest businesses that are deemed not to fit with our strategic plan or are not achieving the desired return on 
investment.  

Danaher Corporation, originally DMG, Inc., was organized in 1969 as a Massachusetts real estate investment trust. In 1978 it was 
reorganized as a Florida corporation under the name Diversified Mortgage Investors, Inc. (“DMI”) which in a second reorganization 
in 1980 became a subsidiary of a newly created holding company named DMG, Inc. We adopted the name Danaher in 1984 and were 
reincorporated as a Delaware corporation following the 1986 annual meeting of our shareholders.  

Operating Segments  

The table below describes the percentage of our total annual revenues attributable to each of our four segments over each of the last 
three years:  

Segment
Professional Instrumentation
Medical Technologies 
Industrial Technologies 
Tools & Components 

For the Years Ended December 31
2008  

2009  

2007  

39% 
28% 
24% 
9% 

38% 
26% 
26% 
10% 

32% 
27% 
29% 
12% 

Sales in 2009 by geographic destination were: North America, 51% (including 48% in the U.S.); Europe, 29%; Asia/Australia, 14%; 
and other regions, 6%. For additional information regarding our segments and sales by geography, please refer to Note 19 in the 
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report.  

PROFESSIONAL INSTRUMENTATION  

Businesses in our Professional Instrumentation segment offer professional and technical customers various products and services to 
enable or enhance the performance of their work. The Professional Instrumentation segment consists of two strategic lines of 
business: test and measurement and environmental. Sales for this segment in 2009 by geographic destination were: North America, 
49%; Europe, 27%; Asia/Australia, 17%; and other regions, 7%.  

Environmental. The environmental businesses serve two main markets: water quality and retail/commercial petroleum.  

We entered the water quality sector in the late 1990’s through the acquisitions of Dr. Lange and Hach Company, and have enhanced 
our geographical coverage and product and service breadth through subsequent acquisitions, including the acquisition of Viridor 
Instrumentation in 2002, Trojan Technologies Inc. in 2004 and ChemTreat, Inc. in 2007. To expand our presence in emerging 
markets, in 2009 we acquired Hexis Cientifica S/A, a leading distributor of scientific laboratory products in Brazil. Today, we are a 
worldwide leader in the water quality sector. Our water quality operations design, manufacture and market:  

•

•

•

  a wide range of analytical instruments, related consumables, and associated services that detect and measure chemical, 

physical, and microbiological parameters in drinking water, wastewater, groundwater, ocean bodies and ultrapure water; 
  ultraviolet disinfection systems; and  
  industrial water treatment solutions, including chemical treatment solutions and analytical services intended to address 

corrosion, scaling and biological growth problems in boiler, cooling water and industrial waste water applications. 

Typical users of our analytical instruments, related consumables and associated services, and our ultraviolet disinfection systems, 
include professionals in municipal drinking water and wastewater treatment plants, industrial process water and wastewater treatment 
facilities, third-party testing laboratories and environmental field operations.  

4 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Typical users of our industrial water treatment solutions include professionals in industrial plants in a wide range of industries. 
Customers in these industries choose suppliers based on a number of factors including the customer’s existing supplier relationships, 
product performance and ease of use, the comprehensiveness of the supplier’s product offering and the other factors described under 
“—Competition.” Our water quality business provides products under a variety of well-known brands, including HACH, 
HACH/LANGE, TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES and CHEMTREAT. Manufacturing facilities are located in North America, Europe, 
and Asia. Sales are made through our direct sales personnel, independent representatives and independent distributors and directly 
through our websites.  

We have served the retail/commercial petroleum market since the mid-1980s through our Veeder-Root business, and have enhanced 
our geographic coverage and product and service breadth through various acquisitions including the acquisitions of Red Jacket in 
2001, Gilbarco in 2002 and Autotank Ltd. in 2008. To expand its presence in emerging markets, the Company has signed an 
agreement to acquire the petroleum dispenser business of Larsen & Toubro, an Indian manufacturer of retail petroleum equipment. As 
of the date of this annual report, the acquisition remains subject to customary closing conditions. Today, we are a leading worldwide 
provider of products and services for the retail/commercial petroleum market. Through the Gilbarco Veeder-Root business we design, 
manufacture, and market a wide range of retail/commercial petroleum products and services, including:  

•

•

•

•

•

•

  environmental monitoring and leak detection systems; 
  vapor recovery equipment;  
  fuel dispensers;  
  point-of-sale and merchandising systems;  
  submersible turbine pumps; and 

  remote monitoring and outsourced fuel management services, including compliance services, fuel system maintenance, and 
inventory planning and supply chain support.  

Typical users of these products include independent and company-owned retail petroleum stations, high-volume retailers, 
convenience stores, and commercial vehicle fleets. Customers in this industry choose suppliers based on a number of factors 
including product features, performance and functionality, the supplier’s geographical coverage and the other factors described under 
“—Competition.” We market our retail/commercial petroleum products under a variety of brands, including GILBARCO, VEEDER-
ROOT, and GILBARCO AUTOTANK. Manufacturing facilities are located in North America, Europe, Asia and South America. 
Sales are generally made through independent distributors and our direct sales personnel.  

Test and Measurement. Our test and measurement business was established in 1998 through the acquisition of Fluke Corporation, and 
has since been supplemented by a number of additional acquisitions. We approximately doubled the size of our test and measurement 
business with the acquisition of Tektronix, Inc. in November 2007. Our test and measurement business consists of the following 
businesses.  

The Fluke business designs, manufactures, and markets a variety of compact professional test tools, as well as calibration equipment, 
for electrical, industrial, electronic, and calibration applications. These test products measure voltage, current, resistance, power 
quality, frequency, pressure, temperature and air quality. Typical users of these products include electrical engineers, electricians, 
electronic technicians, medical technicians, and industrial maintenance professionals. Products in this business are marketed under a 
variety of brands, including FLUKE, RAYTEK, FLUKE BIOMEDICAL and AMPROBE. Sales in the Fluke business are generally 
made through independent distributors as well as direct sales personnel.  

The Tektronix Instruments business offers general purpose test products as well as a variety of video test, measurement and 
monitoring products. Tektronix’s general purpose products, including oscilloscopes, logic analyzers, signal sources and spectrum 
analyzers, are used to capture, display and analyze streams of electrical data. Typical users include research and development 
engineers who use these products to design, de-bug and manufacture electronic components, subassemblies and end-products in a 
wide variety of industries, including the communications, computer, consumer electronics, education, military/aerospace and 
semiconductor industries. Tektronix’s video test products include waveform monitors, video signal generators, compressed digital 
video test products and other test and measurement equipment used to help ensure delivery of the best possible video experience to 
the viewer. Typical users of these products include video equipment manufacturers, content developers  

5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
and traditional television broadcasters. Products in this business are marketed under the TEKTRONIX and MAXTEK brands. Sales in 
the Tektronix Instruments business are generally made through direct sales personnel as well as independent distributors and resellers. 

Also included in the test and measurement business are the Tektronix Communications business and the Fluke Networks businesses, 
which offer network management solutions, network diagnostic equipment and related support services for both fixed and mobile 
enterprise and telecommunications networks. Network management tools continuously manage network performance and help 
optimize the service performance of the communications network. Network diagnostic equipment is used to install, test and monitor 
communications networks. Typical users of these products include network installers, operators, engineers and technicians. Products 
in this business are marketed under the TEKTRONIX and FLUKE NETWORKS brands. Sales in the Tektronix Communications and 
Fluke Networks businesses are generally made through direct sales personnel as well as independent distributors and resellers.  

Test and measurement business manufacturing facilities are located in North America, Europe, and Asia. Our test and measurement 
businesses are leaders in their served market segments. The test and measurement industry continues to be competitive, both in the 
United States and abroad. We face competition from companies who compete with us in multiple product categories and from 
companies who compete with us in specialized areas of test and measurement. Competition in the Fluke business is based on a 
number of factors, including the performance, ruggedness, ease of use, ergonomics and aesthetics of the product and the other factors 
described under “—Competition.” Competition in the Tektronix businesses is also based on a number of factors, including product 
performance, technology and product availability as well as the other factors described under “—Competition.”  

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES  

Our Medical Technologies segment consists of our dental businesses and our life sciences and diagnostic businesses. These 
businesses offer clinical and research medical professionals various products and services for use in the performance of their work. 
Sales for this segment in 2009 by geographic destination were: Europe, 39%; North America, 39%; Asia/Australia, 17%; and other 
regions, 5%.  

We entered the medical technologies line of business in 2004 through the acquisitions of Kaltenbach & Voigt GmbH & Co KG 
(KaVo), Gendex, and Radiometer A/S. The medical technologies businesses now serve two main markets: dental and life sciences 
and diagnostics.  

Dental  
We entered the dental business in 2004 through the acquisitions of KaVo and Gendex and have enhanced our geographical coverage 
and product and service breadth through subsequent acquisitions, including the acquisition of Sybron Dental Specialties in 2006 and 
PaloDEx Group Oy in 2009. We are a leading worldwide provider of dental products. Through our dental products businesses we 
design, manufacture and market a variety of products used primarily in the dental field, including:  

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

  impression, bonding and restorative materials;  
  endodontic systems and related consumables;  
  infection control products;  
  orthodontic bracket systems and lab products;  
  implant systems;  
  digital imaging and other visualization and magnification systems; 

  air and electric handpieces and associated consumables; and 
  treatment units.  

Typical users of these products include dentists, orthodontists, endodontists, oral surgeons, dental technicians, and other oral health 
professionals. Dental professionals choose dental products based on a number of factors, including product performance, the 
product’s capacity to enhance productivity and the other factors described under “—Competition.” Our dental products are marketed 
primarily under the KAVO, GENDEX, PELTON & CRANE, DEXIS, ORMCO, KERR, SYBRON ENDO, TOTAL CARE, 
PENTRON and PALODEX brands. Manufacturing facilities are located in Europe, North America and South America. Sales are 
primarily made through independent distributors, and to a lesser extent through direct sales personnel.  

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Life Sciences and Diagnostics  

Acute Care. Our acute care diagnostics business was created in 2004 through the acquisition of Radiometer and has since been 

supplemented by additional acquisitions. Our acute care diagnostics business is a leading worldwide provider of blood gas and 
immunochemistry instruments and related consumables and services. Sold under the RADIOMETER brand, these instruments are 
used to rapidly measure critical immunochemistry parameters including blood gases and diagnostic protein levels. Typical users of 
Radiometer products include hospital central laboratories, intensive care units, hospital operating rooms, and hospital emergency 
rooms. Customers in this industry select products based on a number of factors, including the accuracy and speed of the product, the 
scope of tests that can be performed, the product’s ability to enhance productivity and the other factors described under “—
Competition.” Manufacturing facilities are located in Europe and North America, and sales are made primarily through our direct 
sales personnel and, in some countries, through distributors.  

Pathology Diagnostics. We established our pathology diagnostics business in 2005 through the acquisition of Leica 

Microsystems and have expanded the business through subsequent acquisitions, including Vision Systems in 2006 and Surgipath 
Medical Industries, Inc. and CoreTech in 2008. Our pathology diagnostics business is a leading global provider of instrumentation 
and related consumables used throughout the workflow of a pathology laboratory. Our pathology diagnostics products include:  
  tissue embedding, processing and slicing (microtomes) instruments and related reagents and consumables;  
  chemical and immuno-staining instruments, reagents, antibodies and consumables; and 

•

•

•

  slide coverslipping and slide/cassette marking instruments. 

Typical users of our pathology diagnostic products include pathologists, lab managers and researchers. Customers in this industry 
select products based on a number of factors, including operational reliability, the product’s ability to produce consistent samples and 
the breadth of the offered reagent portfolio, as well as the other factors described under “—Competition.” We generally market our 
products under the LEICA and SURGIPATH brands. Manufacturing facilities are located in the U.S., Europe, China and Australia. 
The businesses sell to customers primarily through direct sales personnel.  

Life Sciences Instrumentation. Our life sciences instrumentation business was created in 2005 through the acquisition of Leica 

Microsystems and has been expanded through subsequent acquisitions, including the acquistions of AB Sciex and Molecular Devices 
in 2010.  

Our Leica business is a leading global provider of professional microscopes designed to manipulate, preserve and capture images of, 
and enhance the user’s visualization of, microscopic structures. Our life sciences products include:  

•

•

•

•

  laser scanning (confocal) microscopes;  
  compound microscopes and related equipment;  
  surgical and other stereo microscopes; and  
  specimen preparation products for electron microscopy. 

Typical users of our Leica products include research, medical and surgical professionals operating in research and pathology 
laboratories, academic settings and surgical theaters. Customers in this industry select products based on a number of factors, 
including product performance and ergonomics, the product’s capacity to enhance productivity, and the other factors described under 
“—Competition.” We generally market our products under the LEICA brand. Manufacturing facilities are located in Europe, 
Australia, Asia and the United States. The businesses sell to customers through a combination of our direct sales personnel, 
independent representatives and independent distributors.  

AB Sciex is a leading global supplier of high-end mass spectrometers, and Molecular Devices is a leading global supplier of other 
high-performance bioanalytical measurement systems.  

7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mass spectrometry is a technique for identifying, analyzing and quantifying biological molecules and chemical compounds, 
individually or in complex mixtures. AB Sciex’s mass spectrometer systems are used in numerous applications such as drug 
discovery and clinical development of therapeutics as well as in basic research, clinical testing, food and beverage quality testing and 
environmental testing. AB Sciex’s products utilize various combinations of quadrupole, time-of-flight and ion trap technologies, and 
are typically used in conjunction with a third party liquid chromatography instrument. To support our installations around the world, 
we provide implementation, validation, training, maintenance and support from our large global services network. Typical users of 
these products include molecular biologists, bioanalytical chemists, toxicologists, and forensic scientists as well as quality assurance 
and quality control technicians.  

Molecular Devices designs, manufactures and sells cellular analysis instrumentation, including microplate readers, automated cellular 
screening products and associated reagents, and imaging software. Typical users of these products include biologists and chemists 
engaged in research and drug discovery, who use these products to determine electrical or chemical activity in cell samples.  

In addition to the factors described under “—Competition,” productivity and sensitivity improvements remain the primary basis of 
product differentiation for analytical instrumentation equipment. We generally market our products under the AB SCIEX and 
MOLECULAR DEVICES brands. Manufacturing facilities are located in North America and Asia. The businesses sell to customers 
primarily through direct sales personnel and to a lesser extent through independent distributors.  

INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES  

Businesses in our Industrial Technologies segment manufacture products and sub-systems that are typically incorporated by 
customers and systems integrators into production and packaging lines as well as incorporated by original equipment manufacturers 
(OEMs) into various end-products. Many of the businesses also provide services to support their products, including helping 
customers integrate and install the products and helping ensure product uptime. Our Industrial Technologies segment encompasses 
two strategic lines of business, product identification and motion, and two focused niche businesses, aerospace and defense, and 
sensors and controls. Sales for this segment in 2009 by geographic destination were: North America, 52%; Europe, 32%; 
Asia/Australia, 10%; and other regions, 6%.  

Product Identification. We entered the product identification market through the acquisition of Videojet in 2002, and have expanded 
our product and geographic coverage through various subsequent acquisitions, including the acquisitions of Willett International 
Limited and Accu-Sort Systems Inc. in 2003 and Linx Printing Technologies PLC in January 2005. We are a leader in our served 
product identification market segments. Our businesses design, manufacture, and market a variety of equipment used to print and read 
bar codes, date codes, lot codes, and other information on primary and secondary packaging. Typical users of these products include 
food and beverage manufacturers, pharmaceutical manufacturers, retailers, package and parcel delivery companies, the United States 
Postal Service and commercial printing and mailing operations. Customers in this industry choose suppliers based on a number of 
factors, including printer speed and accuracy, equipment uptime and reliable operation without interruption, ease of maintenance, 
service coverage and the other factors described under “—Competition.” Our product identification products are marketed under a 
variety of brands, including VIDEOJET, ACCU-SORT and LINX. Manufacturing facilities are located in the United States, Europe, 
South America, and Asia. Sales are generally made through our direct sales personnel and independent distributors.  

Motion. We entered the motion control industry through the acquisition of Pacific Scientific Company in 1998, and have 
subsequently expanded our product and geographic breadth with additional acquisitions, including the acquisitions of American 
Precision Industries, Kollmorgen Corporation and the motion businesses of Warner Electric Company in 2000, and Thomson 
Industries in 2002. We are currently one of the leading worldwide providers of precision motion control equipment. Our businesses 
provide a wide range of products including:  

•

•

•

  standard and custom motors; 
  drives;  
  controls; and  

8 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
•

  mechanical components (such as ball screws, linear bearings, clutches/brakes, and linear actuators).  

These products are sold in various precision motion markets such as the markets for packaging equipment, medical equipment, 
robotics, circuit board assembly equipment, elevators and electric vehicles (such as lift trucks). Customers are typically systems 
integrators who use our products in production and packaging lines and OEMs that integrate our products into their machines and 
systems. Customers in this industry choose suppliers based on a number of factors, including the comprehensiveness of the supplier’s 
product offering, the geographical coverage offered by the supplier and the other factors described under “—Competition.” Our 
motion products are marketed under a variety of brands, including KOLLMORGEN, THOMSON, DOVER and PORTESCAP. 
Manufacturing facilities are located in the United States, Europe, Latin America, and Asia. Sales are generally made through our 
direct sales personnel and independent distributors.  

Aerospace and Defense. Our aerospace and defense business designs, manufactures, and markets a variety of aircraft and defense 
equipment, including:  

•

•

•

•

•

•

  smoke detection and fire suppression systems;  
  energetic material systems;  
  electronic security systems; 
  linear actuators;  
  electrical power generation systems; and  
  submarine periscopes and related sensors.  

These product lines came principally from the acquisitions of Pacific Scientific in 1998 and Kollmorgen in 2000 and have been 
supplemented by several subsequent acquisitions. Typical users of these products include commercial and business aircraft 
manufacturers as well as defense systems integrators and prime contractors. Customers in this industry choose suppliers based on a 
number of factors, including the supplier’s experience with the particular technology or application in the aerospace and defense 
industry, product reliability and the other factors described under “—Competition.” Our aerospace and defense products are marketed 
under a variety of brands, including the PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC, SUNBANK, SECURAPLANE, KOLLMORGEN ELECTRO-
OPTICAL, ARTUS, CALZONI and OECO brands.  

Sensors & Controls. Our sensors & controls products include instruments that monitor, sense and control discrete manufacturing 
variables such as temperature, position, quantity, level, flow, and time. Users of these products span a wide variety of manufacturing 
markets. Certain businesses included in this group also make and sell instruments, controls and monitoring systems used by the 
electric utility industry to monitor their transmission and distribution systems. These products are marketed under a variety of brands, 
including DYNAPAR, HENGSTLER, PARTLOW, WEST, GEMS SENSORS, SETRA, QUALITROL and HATHAWAY. Sales are 
generally made through our direct sales personnel and independent distributors.  

Manufacturing facilities of our Industrial Technologies focused niche businesses are located in the United States, Latin America, 
Europe and Asia.  

TOOLS & COMPONENTS  

Our Tools & Components segment encompasses one strategic line of business, mechanics’ hand tools, and four focused niche 
businesses: Delta Consolidated Industries, Hennessy Industries, Jacobs Chuck Manufacturing Company and Jacobs Vehicle Systems. 
Sales for this segment in 2009 by geographic destination were: North America, 88%; Asia/Australia, 7%; Europe, 3%; and other 
regions, 2%.  

Mechanics’ Hand Tools. The mechanics’ hand tools business consists of several companies that do business as the Danaher Tool 
Group (“DTG”), and Matco Tools (“Matco”). DTG is one of the largest worldwide producers of general purpose mechanics’ hand 
tools, primarily ratchets, sockets, wrenches, and specialized automotive service tools for the professional and “do-it-yourself” 
markets. DTG has been the principal manufacturer of Sears Holdings Corporation’s CRAFTSMAN line of mechanics’ hand tools for 
over 65 years. Typical users of DTG products include professional automotive and industrial mechanics as well as “do-it-yourself” 
consumers. Matco manufactures and distributes professional tools, toolboxes and automotive equipment through independent mobile 
distributors, who sell  

9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
primarily to professional mechanics under the MATCO brand. Professional mechanics and do-it-yourself consumers typically select 
tools based on quality, brand, price, relevant innovative features and the other factors described under “—Competition.”  

We market tool products under our own brand names and also private-label products for certain customers. The hand tools that we 
sell into the industrial and consumer markets are branded under the ARMSTRONG, ALLEN, GEARWRENCH and SATA names. 
Manufacturing facilities are located in the United States and Asia. Sales are generally made through independent distributors and 
retailers.  

Delta Consolidated Industries. Delta is a leading manufacturer of automotive truckboxes and industrial gang boxes, which it sells 
primarily under the DELTA and JOBOX brands. These products are used by both commercial users, such as contractors, and 
individual consumers. Sales are generally made through independent distributors and retailers.  

Hennessy Industries. Hennessy is a leading North American full-line wheel service equipment manufacturer, providing brake lathes, 
vehicle lifts, tire changers, wheel balancers, and wheel weights under the AMMCO, BADA and COATS brands. Typical users of 
these products are automotive tire and repair shops. Sales are generally made through our direct sales personnel, independent 
distributors, retailers, and original equipment manufacturers.  

Jacobs Chuck Manufacturing Company. Jacobs designs, manufactures, and markets chucks and precision tool and work holding 
devices, primarily for the portable power tool industry, under the JACOBS brand. Founded by the inventor of the three-jaw drill 
chuck, Jacobs maintains a worldwide leadership position in drill chucks. Customers are primarily major manufacturers of portable 
power tools, and sales are typically made through our direct sales personnel.  

Jacobs Vehicle Systems (“JVS”). JVS is a leading worldwide supplier of supplemental braking systems for commercial vehicles, 
selling JAKE BRAKE brand engine retarders for class 6 through 8 vehicles and bleeder and exhaust brakes for class 2 through 7 
vehicles. Customers are primarily major manufacturers of class 2 through class 8 vehicles, and sales are typically made through our 
direct sales personnel.  

Manufacturing facilities of our Tools & Components focused niche businesses are located in the United States and Asia.  

************************************  

The following discussions of Materials, Intellectual Property, Competition, Seasonal Nature of Business, Working Capital, Backlog, 
Employee Relations, Research and Development, Government Contracts, Regulatory Matters, International Operations and Major 
Customers include information common to all of our segments.  

Materials  

Our manufacturing operations employ a wide variety of raw materials, including steel, copper, cast iron, electronic components, 
aluminum, plastics and other petroleum-based products. Prices of oil and gas also affect our costs for freight and utilities. We 
purchase raw materials from a large number of independent sources around the world. No single supplier is material, although for 
some components that require particular specifications there may be a limited number of suppliers that can readily provide such 
components. We utilize a number of techniques to address potential disruption in our supply chain, including the use of alternative 
materials and qualification of multiple supply sources. There have been no raw material shortages that have had a material adverse 
effect on our business as a whole, although over the last two years the prices of raw materials have been volatile and for several types 
of raw materials prices increased sharply in 2008 before declining late in 2008 and into 2009. For a further discussion of risks related 
to the materials and components required for our operations, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”  

10 

  
Intellectual Property  

We own numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and licenses to intellectual property owned by others. Although in 
aggregate our intellectual property is important to our operations, we do not consider any single patent or trademark to be of material 
importance to any segment or to the business as a whole. From time to time, however, we do engage in litigation to protect our 
intellectual property rights. For a discussion of risks related to our intellectual property, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” All 
capitalized brands and product names throughout this document are trademarks owned by, or licensed to, Danaher or its subsidiaries.  

Competition  

Although our businesses generally operate in highly competitive markets, our competitive position cannot be determined accurately in 
the aggregate or by segment since none of our competitors offer all of the same product lines or serve all of the same markets as we 
do. Because of the diversity of the products we sell and the variety of markets we serve, we encounter a wide variety of competitors, 
including well-established regional competitors, competitors who are more specialized than we are in particular markets, as well as 
larger companies or divisions of larger companies with substantial sales, marketing, research, and financial capabilities. We are facing 
increased competition in a number of our served markets as a result of the entry of new, large companies into certain markets, the 
entry of competitors based in low-cost manufacturing locations, and increasing consolidation in particular markets. The number of 
competitors varies by product line. Our management believes that we have a market leadership position in many of the markets we 
serve. Key competitive factors vary among our businesses and product lines, but typically include the specific factors noted above 
with respect to each particular business, as well as price, quality, delivery speed, service and support, innovation, distribution 
network, and brand name recognition. For a discussion of risks related to competition, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”  

Seasonal Nature of Business  

General economic conditions have an impact on our business and financial results, and certain of our businesses experience seasonal 
and other trends related to the industries and end-markets that they serve. For example, European sales are often weaker in the 
summer months, medical and capital equipment sales are often stronger in the fourth calendar quarter, sales to original equipment 
manufacturers are often stronger immediately preceding and following the launch of new products, and sales to the United States 
government are often stronger in the third calendar quarter. However, as a whole, we are not subject to material seasonality.  

Working Capital  

We maintain an adequate level of working capital to support our business needs. There are no unusual industry practices or 
requirements relating to working capital items. In addition, our sales and payment terms are generally similar to those of our 
competitors.  

Backlog  

The table below provides the unfulfilled orders attributable to each of our four segments at the end of 2009 and 2008 ($ in millions):  

Segment
Professional Instrumentation
Medical Technologies 
Industrial Technologies
Tools & Components 

As of December 31
2008
2009   
$ 619
$ 850  
176
222  
783
744  
58
71  
$1,636
$1,887  

We expect that a large majority of unfilled orders will be delivered to customers within 3 to 4 months. Given the relatively short 
delivery periods and rapid inventory turnover that are characteristic of most of our products and the shortening of product life cycles, 
we believe that backlog is indicative of short-term revenue performance but not necessarily a reliable indicator of medium or long-
term performance.  

11 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
Employee Relations  

At December 31, 2009, we employed approximately 46,600 persons, of which approximately 21,100 were employed in the United 
States and approximately 25,500 were employed outside of the United States. Of our United States employees, approximately 1,500 
were hourly-rated, unionized employees. Outside the United States, we have government-mandated collective bargaining 
arrangements and union contracts in certain countries, particularly in Europe where many of our employees are represented by unions 
and/or works councils. For a discussion of risks related to employee relations, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”  

Research and Development  

The table below describes our research and development expenditures over each of the last three years, by segment and in the 
aggregate ($ in millions):  

Segment
Professional Instrumentation *
Medical Technologies 
Industrial Technologies 
Tools & Components 
Total 

For the Years Ended December 31
2008

2009

2007

$

$

331  
169  
123  
10  
633  

$

$

375  
190  
148  
12  
725  

$

$

272
168
150
11
601

* Included in 2007 research and development expenses for the Professional Instrumentation segment is a charge for $60 million 

related to acquired in-process research and development in connection with the Tektronix acquisition. 

We conduct research and development activities for the purpose of developing new products, enhancing the functionality, 
effectiveness, ease of use and reliability of our existing products and expanding the applications for which uses of our products are 
appropriate. Our research and development efforts include internal initiatives and those that use licensed or acquired technology. We 
anticipate that we will continue to make significant expenditures for research and development as we seek to provide a continuing 
flow of innovative products to maintain and improve our competitive position. For a discussion of the risks related to the need to 
develop and commercialize new products and product enhancements, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Customer-sponsored 
research and development was not significant in 2009, 2008 and 2007.  

Government Contracts  

Although the substantial majority of our revenue in 2009 was from customers other than governmental entities, we have agreements 
relating to the sale of products to government entities, primarily involving products in the aerospace and defense, product 
identification, water quality, motion and mechanics’ hand tool businesses. As a result, we are subject to various statutes and 
regulations that apply to companies doing business with governments. For a discussion of risks related to government contracting 
requirements, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”  

Regulatory Matters  

We face comprehensive government regulation both within and outside the United States relating to the development, manufacture, 
sale and distribution of our products and services. The following sections describe certain of these regulations.  

12 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Environmental Laws and Regulations 

Our operations are subject to environmental laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which they operate, which impose limitations 
on the discharge of pollutants into the ground, air and water and establish standards for the use, generation, treatment, storage and 
disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. A number of our operations involve the handling, manufacturing, use or sale of 
substances that are or could be classified as hazardous materials within the meaning of applicable laws. We must also comply with 
various health and safety regulations in both the United States and abroad in connection with our operations. Compliance with these 
laws and regulations has not had and, based on current information and the applicable laws and regulations currently in effect, is not 
expected to have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position, and we do not anticipate 
material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities. For a discussion of risks related to compliance with environmental 
and health and safety laws, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”  

In addition to environmental compliance costs, we from time to time incur costs related to alleged damages associated with past or 
current waste disposal practices or other hazardous materials handling practices. For example, generators of hazardous substances 
found in disposal sites at which environmental problems are alleged to exist, as well as the current and former owners of those sites 
and certain other classes of persons, are subject to claims brought by state and federal regulatory agencies pursuant to statutory 
authority. We have received notification from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and from state and non-U.S. environmental 
agencies, that conditions at a number of sites where we and others previously disposed of hazardous wastes and/or are or were 
property owners require clean-up and other possible remedial action, including sites where we have been identified as a potentially 
responsible party under U.S. federal and state environmental laws and regulations. We have projects underway at a number of current 
and former facilities, in both the United States and abroad, to investigate and remediate environmental contamination resulting from 
past operations. We are also from time to time party to personal injury or other claims brought by private parties alleging injury due to 
the presence of or exposure to hazardous substances.  

We have made a provision for environmental investigation and remediation and environmental-related personal injury claims with 
respect to sites owned or formerly owned by the Company and its subsidiaries and third-party sites where we have been determined to 
be a potentially responsible party. Refer to Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information about the amount of our 
environmental provisions. We generally make an assessment of the costs involved for our remediation efforts based on environmental 
studies, as well as our prior experience with similar sites. If the Company determines that potential remediation liability for a 
particular site is probable and reasonably estimable, it accrues the total estimated costs, including investigation and remediation costs, 
associated with the site. We also accrue a liability for our exposure for probable and reasonably estimable environmental-related 
personal injury claims. While we actively pursue insurance recoveries, as well as recoveries from other potentially responsible parties, 
we do not recognize any insurance recoveries for environmental liability claims until realized or until such time as a sustained pattern 
of collections is established related to historical matters of a similar nature and magnitude.  

The ultimate cost of site cleanup is difficult to predict given the uncertainties of our involvement in certain sites, uncertainties 
regarding the extent of the required cleanup, the availability of alternative cleanup methods, variations in the interpretation of 
applicable laws and regulations, the possibility of insurance recoveries with respect to certain sites and the fact that imposition of joint 
and several liability with right of contribution is possible under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and 
Liability Act of 1980 and other environmental laws and regulations. All provisions have been recorded without giving effect to any 
possible future third party recoveries. For the reasons described above, we cannot assure you that our estimates of environmental 
liabilities will not change.  

In view of our financial position and provisions for environmental remediation matters and environmental-related personal injury 
claims and based on current information and the applicable laws and regulations currently in effect, we believe that our liability 
related to past or current waste disposal practices and other hazardous materials handling practices will not have a material adverse 
effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flow. For a discussion of risks related to past or future releases of, or 
exposures to, hazardous substances, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”  

13 

  
Medical Devices  

Certain of our products are medical devices that are subject to regulation by the United States Food and Drug Administration (the 
“FDA”) and by the comparable agencies of the non-U.S. countries where our products are sold. Some of the regulatory requirements 
of these foreign countries are different than those applicable in the United States.  

Pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”), the FDA regulates virtually all phases of the development, 
manufacture, sale and distribution of medical devices, including their introduction into interstate commerce, manufacture, advertising, 
labeling, packaging, marketing, distribution and record keeping. Pursuant to the FDCA and FDA regulations, certain facilities of our 
operating subsidiaries are registered with the FDA as medical device manufacturing establishments. The FDA, as well as industrial 
standards bodies such as the International Standards Organization (“ISO”), regularly inspect our registered and/or certified facilities.  

We sell both Class I and Class II medical devices. A medical device, whether exempt from, or cleared pursuant to, the premarket 
notification requirements of the FDCA, or approved pursuant to a premarket approval application, is subject to ongoing regulatory 
oversight by the FDA to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements, including, but not limited to, product labeling requirements 
and limitations, including those related to promotion and marketing efforts, quality system requirements and medical device (adverse 
event) reporting. Certain of our products utilize radioactive material, and we are subject to federal, state and local regulations 
governing the management, storage, handling and disposal of these materials. In addition, we are subject to various federal, state and 
local laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry, including anti-kickback and false claims laws. For a discussion of risks 
related to our regulation by the FDA and comparable agencies of other countries, and other regulatory regimes referenced above, 
please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”  

Export/Import Compliance  

We are required to comply with various U.S. export/import control and economic sanctions laws, including:  

•

•

•

•

  the International Traffic in Arms Regulations administered by the U.S. Department of State, Directorate of Defense Trade 
Controls, which, among other things, imposes license requirements on the export from the United States of defense articles 
and defense services (which are items specifically designed or adapted for a military application and/or listed on the United 
States Munitions List);  
  the Export Administration Regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and 

Security, which, among other things, impose licensing requirements on the export or re-export of certain dual-use goods, 
technology and software (which are items that potentially have both commercial and military applications);  
  the regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control, which implement 

economic sanctions imposed against designated countries, governments and persons based on United States foreign policy 
and national security considerations; and  
  the import regulatory activities of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection. 

Other nation’s governments have also implemented similar export and import control regulations, which may affect our operations or 
transactions subject to their jurisdictions. For a discussion of risks related to export/import control and economic sanctions laws, 
please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”  

International Operations  

Our products and services are available worldwide, and our principal markets outside the United States are in Europe and Asia. We 
believe this geographic diversity allows us to draw on the skills of a worldwide workforce, provides stability to our operations, allows 
us to drive economies of scale, provides revenue streams that may help offset economic trends that are specific to individual 
economies and offers us an opportunity to access new markets for products. In addition, we believe that our future growth depends in 
part on our ability to develop products and sales models that target developing countries. The table below describes annual revenue 
derived from customers outside the U.S. as a percentage of total annual revenue for each of the last three years, by segment and in the 
aggregate:  

Segment
Professional Instrumentation
Medical Technologies 
Industrial Technologies 
Tools & Components 

Total percentage of revenue derived from customers outside of the United 

States 

14 

Year Ended December 31
2008  

2009  

2007  

54%   
65% 
50%   
16%   

57%   
64%   
51%   
19%   

55% 
63% 
50% 
17% 

52%   

53%   

51% 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
The table below describes long-lived assets located outside the United States as a percentage of total long-lived assets in each of the 
last three years, by segment and in the aggregate:  

Segment
Professional Instrumentation
Medical Technologies 
Industrial Technologies 
Tools & Components 

Total percentage of long-lived assets located outside of the United States

Year Ended December 31
2008  

2009  

2007  

28% 
59%   
19%   
6%   

38%   

28%   
58%   
18%   
8%   

37%   

26% 
60% 
18% 
6% 

37% 

For additional information related to revenues and long-lived assets by country, please refer to Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and for information regarding deferred taxes by geography, please refer to Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements.  

The manner in which our products and services are sold outside the United States differs by business and by region. Most of our sales 
in non-U.S. markets are made by subsidiaries located outside the United States, though we also sell directly from the U.S. into non-
U.S. markets through various representatives and distributors. In countries with low sales volumes, we generally sell through 
representatives and distributors.  

Financial information about our international operations is contained in Note 19 of the Consolidated Financial Statements and 
information about the possible effects of foreign currency fluctuations on our business is set forth in “Item 7. Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” For a discussion of risks related to our non-US 
operations and foreign currency exchange, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”  

Major Customers  

No customer accounted for more than 10% of consolidated sales in 2009, 2008 or 2007.  

Available Information  

We maintain an internet website at www.danaher.com. We make available free of charge on the website our annual reports on Form 
10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, filed or furnished pursuant 
to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material electronically with, or 
furnishing such material to, the SEC. Our Internet site and the information contained on or connected to that site are not incorporated 
by reference into this Form 10-K.  

15 

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with the information included elsewhere in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K and other documents we file with the SEC. The risks and uncertainties described below are those that 
we have identified as material, but are not the only risks and uncertainties facing us. Our business is also subject to general risks and 
uncertainties that affect many other companies, such as U.S. and non-U.S. economic and financial market conditions, geopolitical 
events, changes in laws or accounting rules, fluctuations in interest rates, terrorism, international conflicts, major health concerns, 
natural disasters or other disruptions of expected economic or business conditions. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently 
known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial also may impair our business, including our results of operations, liquidity 
and financial condition.  

Uncertainty in the global economy and financial markets may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.  

Our business is sensitive to changes in general economic conditions, both inside and outside the U.S. Although conditions in the 
global economy and financial markets have improved in the last several months, the deterioration in worldwide economic conditions 
and volatility in and tightening of the capital and credit markets that began in the latter half of 2008 has had and may continue to have 
an adverse effect on the business, results of operations and financial condition of the Company and its distributors, customers and 
suppliers. These conditions have had, and may in the future have, the effect of:  

•

•

•

•

•

•

  reducing demand for our products and services, increasing order cancellations and resulting in longer sales cycles and 
slower adoption of new technologies;  
  increasing the difficulty in collecting accounts receivable and the risk of excess and obsolete inventories;  
  increasing price competition in our served markets; 
  resulting in supply interruptions, which could disrupt our ability to produce our products;  
  increasing the risk of impairment of long-lived assets due to underutilized manufacturing capacity; and  
  increasing the risk that counterparties to our contractual arrangements will become insolvent or otherwise unable to fulfill 
their contractual obligations which, in addition to increasing the risks identified above, could result in preference actions 
against us.  

We have initiated several restructuring actions to adjust our cost structure to reflect changing demand levels, but there can be no 
assurances these or any other cost-reduction actions will be successful in effectively matching our cost structure to levels of demand. 
In addition, although we have been able to continue accessing the commercial paper markets through the date of this report, there can 
be no assurances that the commercial paper markets will remain available to us or that the lenders participating in our revolving credit 
facility will be able to provide financing in accordance with their contractual obligations.  

The restructuring actions that we are taking to reduce costs could have long-term adverse effects on our business.  

Since October 2008, we have announced multiple significant restructuring activities across our businesses with the objective of 
adjusting our cost structure to reflect changing demand levels. These restructuring activities and our regular ongoing cost reduction 
activities have the effect of reducing our available talent, assets and other resources and could slow improvements in our products and 
technologies, adversely affect our ability to respond to customers, limit our ability to increase production quickly if and when the 
demand for our products increases, and limit our ability to hire and retain key personnel. These circumstances could adversely impact 
our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.  

Our growth could suffer if the markets into which we sell our products decline or do not grow as anticipated.  

Our growth depends in part on the growth of the markets which we serve, and visibility into our markets is limited. Our quarterly 
sales and profits are highly dependent on the volume and timing of orders received during the fiscal quarter, which are difficult to 
forecast. Any decline or lower than expected growth in our served markets could diminish demand for our products and services, 
which would adversely affect our revenues and profitability. In addition, certain of our businesses operate in industries that may 
experience periodic, cyclical downturns that  

16 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
adversely impact demand for the equipment and services that we sell. Competitive pricing pressures, slowdowns in capital 
investments and other downturns in these industries could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations in any 
given period.  

We face intense competition and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may face decreased demand or price reductions for 
our products.  

Our businesses operate in industries that are intensely competitive. Because of the diversity of products we sell and the variety of 
markets we serve, we encounter a wide variety of competitors; please see “Item 1. Business – Competition” for additional details. In 
order to compete effectively, we must retain longstanding relationships with major customers and continue to grow our business by 
establishing relationships with new customers, continually developing new products and services designed to maintain and expand 
our brand recognition and leadership position in various product categories and penetrating new markets, including in developing 
countries. Our failure to compete effectively may reduce our revenues, profitability and cash flow, and pricing pressures resulting 
from competition may adversely impact our profitability.  

Our growth depends in part on the timely development and commercialization, and customer acceptance, of new products and 
product enhancements based on technological innovation.  

We generally sell our products in industries that are characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions 
and changing industry standards. If we do not develop new products and product enhancements based on technological innovation on 
a timely basis, our products will become technologically obsolete over time and our revenues, cash flow, profitability and competitive 
position will suffer. Our success will depend on several factors, including our ability to:  

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

  correctly identify customer needs and preferences and predict future needs and preferences;  
  allocate our research and development funding to products with higher growth prospects;  
  anticipate and respond to our competitors’ development of new products and technological innovations;  
  differentiate our offerings from our competitors’ offerings; 

  innovate and develop new technologies and applications, and acquire or obtain rights to third-party technologies that may 
have valuable applications in our served markets;  
  obtain adequate intellectual property rights;  
  successfully commercialize new technologies in a timely manner, price them competitively and manufacture and deliver 
new products in sufficient volumes on time; and  
  encourage customers to adopt new technologies.  

In addition, if we fail to accurately predict future customer needs and preferences or fail to produce viable technologies, we may 
invest heavily in research and development of products that do not lead to significant revenue. Even if we successfully innovate and 
develop new products and product enhancements, we may incur substantial costs in doing so, and our profitability may suffer.  

Any inability to consummate acquisitions at our prior rate could negatively impact our growth rate.  

We may not be able to consummate acquisitions at rates similar to the past, which could adversely impact our growth rate and our 
stock price. Promising acquisitions are difficult to identify and complete for a number of reasons, including high valuations, the 
availability of affordable funding in the capital markets, competition among prospective buyers and the need for regulatory, including 
antitrust, approvals. Changes in accounting or regulatory requirements or uncertainty in the credit markets could also adversely 
impact our ability to consummate acquisitions. Our ability to grow at or above our historic rates depends in part upon our ability to 
identify and successfully acquire and integrate companies and businesses at appropriate prices and realize anticipated cost savings.  

Our acquisition of businesses could negatively impact our profitability and return on invested capital.  

As part of our business strategy we acquire businesses in the ordinary course, some of which may be material; please see the section 
titled “Liquidity and Capital Resources – Investing Activities” in the MD&A for additional details. Our acquisitions involve a number 
of financial, accounting, managerial, operational and other risks and challenges, including the following, any of which could 
adversely affect our growth and profitability:  

•

  Any acquired business, technology, service or product could under-perform relative to our expectations and the price that 

we paid for it, or not perform in accordance with our anticipated timetable. 

17 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

  Acquisitions could cause our financial results to differ from our own or the investment community’s expectations in any 
given fiscal period, or over the long-term.  
  Acquisition-related earnings charges could adversely impact operating results in any given fiscal period, and the impact 

may be substantially different from period to period. 

  Acquisitions could place unanticipated demands on our management, operational resources and financial and internal 
control systems.  
  We could experience difficulty in integrating personnel, operations and financial and other systems.  
  We may be unable to achieve cost savings or other synergies anticipated in connection with an acquisition.  
  We may assume by acquisition unknown liabilities, known contingent liabilities that become realized, known liabilities 

that prove greater than anticipated, or internal control deficiencies. The realization of any of these liabilities or deficiencies 
may increase our expenses, adversely affect our financial position or cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting 
obligations.  
  As a result of our acquisitions, we have recorded significant goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets on our 
balance sheet. If we are not able to realize the value of these assets, we may be required to incur charges relating to the 
impairment of these assets.  

In addition, future divestitures could negatively impact the Company’s results of operations.  

The indemnification provisions of acquisition agreements by which we have acquired companies may not fully protect us and may 
result in unexpected liabilities.  

Certain of the acquisition agreements by which we have acquired companies require the former owners to indemnify us against 
certain liabilities related to the operation of the company before we acquired it. In most of these agreements, however, the liability of 
the former owners is limited and certain former owners may not be able to meet their indemnification responsibilities. We cannot 
assure you that these indemnification provisions will fully protect us, and as a result we may face unexpected liabilities that adversely 
affect our profitability and financial position.  

Contingent liabilities from businesses that we have sold could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.  

We have retained responsibility for some of the known and unknown contingent liabilities related to a number of businesses we have 
sold, such as lawsuits, tax liabilities, product liability claims and environmental matters, and have agreed to indemnify the purchasers 
of these businesses for certain known and unknown contingent liabilities. The resolution of these contingencies has not had a material 
adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition but we cannot be certain that this favorable pattern will continue.  

We may be required to recognize impairment charges for our goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets.  

At December 31, 2009, the net carrying value of long-lived assets (property, plant and equipment, goodwill, other intangible assets 
and other long-term assets) totaled approximately $14.4 billion. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, we 
periodically assess our goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets to determine if they are impaired. Significant negative 
industry or economic trends, disruptions to our business, inability to effectively integrate acquired businesses, unexpected significant 
changes or planned changes in use of the assets, divestitures and market capitalization declines may result in impairments to these 
assets. Any such impairment charges could adversely affect our results of operations in the periods recognized.  

Foreign currency exchange rates may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.  

Sales and purchases in currencies other than the U.S. dollar expose us to fluctuations in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. 
Increased strength of the U.S. dollar will increase the effective price of our products sold in U.S. dollars into other countries, which 
may have an adverse effect on sales or require us to lower our prices, and also  

18 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
decrease our reported revenues or margins in respect of sales conducted in foreign currencies to the extent we are unable or determine 
not to increase local currency prices. Likewise, decreased strength of the U.S. dollar could have an adverse effect on the cost of 
materials, products and services purchased overseas. In addition, our sales and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars for reporting 
purposes. The strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar could result in unfavorable translation effects as the results of 
transactions in foreign countries are translated into U.S. dollars.  

Our reputation and our ability to do business may be impaired by improper conduct by any of our employees, agents or business 
partners.  

We cannot provide assurance that our internal controls will always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our 
employees, agents or business partners that would violate U.S. and/or non-U.S. laws, including the laws governing payments to 
government officials, bribery, anti-kickback and false claims rules, competition, export and import compliance, money laundering and 
data privacy. Any such improper actions could subject us to civil or criminal investigations in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions, 
could lead to substantial civil or criminal, monetary and non-monetary penalties against us or our subsidiaries, and could damage our 
reputation.  

Changes in our tax rates or exposure to additional income tax liabilities could affect our profitability. In addition, audits by tax 
authorities could result in additional tax payments for prior periods.  

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and in various non-U.S. jurisdictions. Please see the section titled “Income Taxes” in the 
MD&A for a discussion of the factors that may adversely affect our effective tax rate and decrease our profitability in any period. The 
impact of these factors may be substantially different from period to period. In addition, the amount of income taxes we pay is subject 
to ongoing audits by U.S. federal, state and local tax authorities and by non-U.S. tax authorities. Due to the ambiguity of tax laws and 
the subjectivity of factual interpretations, our estimates of income tax liabilities may differ from actual payments or assessments. If 
these audits result in payments or assessments different from our reserves, our future results may include unfavorable adjustments to 
our tax liabilities.  

The Obama administration has announced proposals to tax profits of U.S. companies earned abroad. While it is impossible for us to 
predict whether these and other proposals will be implemented, or how they will ultimately impact us, they may adversely impact our 
results of operations.  

If we do not or cannot adequately protect our intellectual property, or if third parties infringe our intellectual property rights, we 
may suffer competitive injury or expend significant resources enforcing our rights.  

We own numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property and licenses to intellectual property 
owned by others, which in aggregate are important to our operations. The intellectual property rights that we obtain, however, may 
not be sufficiently broad or otherwise may not provide us a significant competitive advantage. In addition, the steps that we and our 
licensors have taken to maintain and protect our intellectual property may not prevent it from being challenged, invalidated, 
circumvented or designed-around, particularly in countries where intellectual property rights are not highly developed or protected. In 
some circumstances, enforcement may not be available to us because an infringer has a dominant intellectual property position or for 
other business reasons. Our failure or inability to obtain intellectual property rights that convey competitive advantage, adequately 
protect our intellectual property or prevent circumvention or unauthorized use of such property, could adversely impact our 
competitive position and results of operations.  

We also rely on nondisclosure and noncompetition agreements with employees, consultants and other parties to protect, in part, trade 
secrets and other proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that these agreements will adequately protect our trade secrets and 
other proprietary rights and will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, that others will not 
independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information or that third parties will not otherwise gain access to our trade 
secrets or other proprietary rights.  

19 

  
Third parties may claim that we are infringing or misappropriating their intellectual property rights and we could suffer 
significant litigation expenses, losses or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling products or services.  

From time to time, we receive notices from third parties regarding intellectual property infringement or misappropriation. Any dispute 
or litigation regarding intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming due to the complexity of many of our technologies 
and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation. Our intellectual property portfolio may not be useful in asserting a counterclaim, 
or negotiating a license, in response to a claim of infringement or misappropriation. In addition, as a result of such claims of 
infringement or misappropriation, we could lose our rights to critical technology, be required to pay substantial damages or license 
fees with respect to the infringed rights or be required to redesign our products at substantial cost, any of which could adversely 
impact our competitive position, revenues, profitability and cash flows. Even if we successfully defend against claims of infringement 
or misappropriation, we may incur significant costs and diversion of management attention and resources, which could adversely 
affect our profitability and cash flows.  

We are subject to a variety of litigation in the course of our business that could adversely affect our results of operations and 
financial condition.  

We are subject to a variety of litigation and similar proceedings incidental to our business, including claims for damages arising out of 
the use of our products or services and claims relating to intellectual property matters, employment matters, tax matters, commercial 
disputes, competition and sales and trading practices, environmental matters, personal injury, insurance coverage and acquisition-
related matters. These lawsuits may include claims for compensatory damages, punitive and consequential damages and/or injunctive 
relief. The defense of these lawsuits may divert our management’s attention, we may incur significant expenses in defending these 
lawsuits, and we may be required to pay damage awards or settlements or become subject to equitable remedies that could adversely 
affect our financial condition, operations and results of operations. Moreover, any insurance or indemnification rights that we may 
have may be insufficient or unavailable to protect us against potential loss exposures. In addition, developments in legal proceedings 
in any given period may require us to adjust the loss contingency estimates that we have recorded in our financial statements, or make 
estimates for matters previously not susceptible of reasonable estimates, which could adversely affect our results of operations in any 
particular period.  

Our operations, products and services expose us to the risk of environmental liabilities, costs, litigation and violations that could 
adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and reputation.  

Certain of our operations, products and services are subject to environmental laws and regulations, which impose limitations on the 
discharge of pollutants into the ground, air and water and establish standards for the use, generation, treatment, storage and disposal 
of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. We must also comply with various health and safety regulations in the U.S. and abroad in 
connection with our operations. We cannot assure you that our environmental, health and safety compliance program has been or will 
be at all times effective. Failure to comply with any of these laws could result in civil and criminal, monetary and non-monetary 
penalties and damage to our reputation. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that our costs of complying with current or future 
environmental protection and health and safety laws will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our financial condition and 
results of operations.  

In addition, we may incur costs related to remedial efforts or alleged environmental damage associated with past or current waste 
disposal practices or other hazardous materials handling practices. We are also from time to time party to personal injury or other 
claims brought by private parties alleging injury due to the presence of or exposure to hazardous substances. For additional 
information regarding these risks, please refer to “Item 1. Business – Regulatory Matters.” We cannot assure you that our liabilities 
arising from past or future releases of, or exposures to, hazardous substances will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our 
financial condition, results of operations and reputation or that we will not be subject to additional claims for personal injury or 
cleanup in the future based on our past, present or future business activities.  

Product defects could adversely affect the results of our operations.  

Manufacturing or design defects, unanticipated use of our products, or inadequate disclosure of risks relating to the use of our 
products can lead to injury or other adverse events. These events could lead to recalls or safety alerts relating to our products, and 
could result, in certain cases, in the removal of a product from the market. A recall could result in significant costs, as well as negative 
publicity and damage to our reputation that could reduce demand for our products. Personal injuries relating to the use of our products 
can also result in product liability claims being brought against us.  

20 

  
Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation; failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our financial 
condition, results of operations and reputation.  

In addition to the environmental regulations noted above, our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. and non-U.S. 
governmental and self-regulatory entities at the federal, state and local levels, including the following:  

•

•

  We are required to comply with various import laws and export control and economic sanctions laws, which may affect our 
transactions with certain customers, business partners and other persons and dealings with or between our employees and 
subsidiaries. In certain circumstances, export control and economic sanctions regulations may prohibit the export of certain 
products, services and technologies, and in other circumstances we may be required to obtain an export license before 
exporting the controlled item. Compliance with the various import laws that apply to our businesses can restrict our access 
to, and increase the cost of obtaining, certain products and at times can interrupt our supply of imported inventory. 

  Certain of our products are medical devices and other products that are subject to regulation by the FDA, by comparable 
agencies of other countries and by regulations governing the management, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous or 
radioactive materials. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain clearance for our new products or modifications 
to existing products, and if we do such clearance may be time-consuming, costly and restrictive. Violations of these 
regulations, efficacy or safety concerns or trends of adverse events with respect to our products can lead to warning letters, 
declining sales, recalls, seizures, injunctions, administrative detentions, refusals to permit importations, partial or total 
shutdown of production facilities or the implementation of operating restrictions, suspension or withdrawal of approvals 
and pre-market notification rescissions. In addition, we are subject to various federal, state and local laws targeting fraud 
and abuse in the healthcare industry, including anti-kickback and false claims laws. 

•

  We also have agreements relating to the sale of products to government entities and are subject to various statutes and 

regulations that apply to companies doing business with the government. The laws governing government contracts differ 
from the laws governing private contracts. For example, many government contracts contain pricing and other terms and 
conditions that are not applicable to private contracts. Our agreements relating to the sale of products to government 
entities may be subject to termination, reduction or modification at the convenience of the government or in the event of 
changes in government requirements, reductions in federal spending and other factors. Government contracts that have 
been awarded to us following a bid process could become the subject of a bid protest by a losing bidder, which could result 
in loss of the contract. We are also subject to investigation and audit for compliance with the requirements governing 
government contracts. A failure to comply with these requirements might result in suspension of these contracts and 
suspension or debarment from government contracting or subcontracting. 

These are not the only regulations that our businesses must comply with. Failure to comply with these or any other regulations could 
result in civil and criminal, monetary and non-monetary penalties, disruptions to our business, limitations on our ability to 
manufacture, import and export products and services, and damage to our reputation. Compliance with these and other regulations 
may also require us to incur significant expenses. Our products and operations are also often subject to the rules of industrial 
standards bodies such as the ISO, and failure to comply with these rules could result in withdrawal of certifications needed to sell our 
products and services and otherwise adversely impact our results of operations. For additional information regarding these risks, 
please refer to “Item 1. Business – Regulatory Matters.”  

Our indebtedness may limit our operations and our use of our cash flow, and any failure to comply with the covenants that apply 
to our indebtedness could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.  

As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately $2.9 billion in outstanding indebtedness. In addition, we had the ability to incur an 
additional $1.3 billion of indebtedness under our outstanding commercial paper facilities. We may also incur additional long-term 
debt and lines of credit to meet future financing needs. Our debt level and related debt service obligations could have negative 
consequences, including:  

•

  requiring us to dedicate significant cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, which 

would reduce the funds we have available for other purposes such as acquisitions, capital investment and stock 
repurchases;  

21 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
•

•

  reducing our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and market conditions; and  
  exposing us to interest rate risk since a portion of our debt obligations are at variable rates.  

We may incur significantly more debt in the future, particularly in connection with acquisitions. If we add new debt, the risks 
described above could increase.  

Our current revolving credit facilities impose restrictions on us, including certain restrictions on our ability to incur liens on our 
assets, and require us to maintain a consolidated leverage ratio (the ratio of consolidated indebtedness to consolidated indebtedness 
plus shareholders’ equity) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of 0.65 to 1.0 or less. In addition, our long-term debt obligations 
include covenants that may adversely affect our ability to incur certain secured indebtedness or engage in certain types of sale and 
leaseback transactions. Our ability to comply with these restrictions and covenants may be affected by events beyond our control. If 
we breach any of these restrictions or covenants and do not obtain a waiver from the lenders, then, subject to applicable cure periods, 
the outstanding indebtedness (and any other indebtedness with cross-default provisions) could be declared immediately due and 
payable, which would adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.  

Our defined benefit pension plans are subject to financial market risks that could adversely affect our results of operations and 
cash flows.  

The performance of the financial markets and interest rates impact our expenses and funding obligations relating to our defined 
benefit pension plans. Significant changes in market interest rates, decreases in the fair value of plan assets and investment losses on 
plan assets may increase our funding obligations and adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows. For example, the 
declines in the global capital markets since the first half of 2008 have resulted in significant declines in the fair value of our pension 
plan assets.  

We may incur higher costs to produce our products if commodity prices rise.  

As discussed in “Item 1. Business – Materials,” our manufacturing and other operations employ a wide variety of raw materials. Over 
the last two years, the prices of raw materials have been volatile. Due to the highly competitive nature of the industries which we 
serve and the cost-containment efforts of our customers, if commodity prices rise we may be unable to fully pass along cost increases 
through higher prices. If we are unable to fully recover higher raw material costs through price increases or offset these increases 
through other cost reductions, or if there is a time delay between the increase in costs and our ability to recover or offset these costs, 
we could experience lower margins and profitability and our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be 
adversely affected.  

If we cannot adjust our purchases of materials, components and equipment required for our manufacturing activities to reflect 
changing market conditions or customer demand, our income and results of operations may suffer.  

We purchase materials, components and equipment from third parties for use in our manufacturing operations. Our income could be 
adversely impacted if we are unable to adjust our purchases to reflect changes in customer demand and market fluctuations. During a 
market upturn, suppliers may extend lead times, limit supplies or increase prices. If we cannot purchase sufficient products at 
competitive prices and quality and on a timely enough basis to meet increasing demand, we may not be able to satisfy market 
demand, product shipments may be delayed or our material or manufacturing costs may increase. Conversely, in order to secure 
supplies for the production of products, we sometimes enter into non-cancelable purchase commitments with vendors, which could 
impact our ability to adjust our inventory to reflect declining market demands. If demand for our products is less than we expect, we 
may experience additional excess and obsolete inventories and be forced to incur additional charges and our profitability may suffer.  

22 

  
  
 
 
In addition, some of our businesses purchase certain requirements from sole or limited source suppliers for reasons of quality 
assurance, cost effectiveness or availability. If these or other suppliers encounter financial, operating or other difficulties or if our 
relationship with them changes, we could face manufacturing or sourcing interruptions, delays and inefficiencies.  

If we cannot adjust our manufacturing capacity to reflect the demand for our products, our income and results of operations may 
suffer.  

Because we cannot always immediately adapt our production capacity and related cost structures to changing market conditions, our 
manufacturing capacity may at times exceed or fall short of our production requirements. Any or all of these problems could result in 
the loss of customers, provide an opportunity for competing products to gain market acceptance and otherwise adversely affect our 
business and financial results.  

Changes in governmental regulations and funding may reduce demand for our products or increase our expenses.  

We compete in markets in which we or our customers must comply with federal, state, local and foreign regulations, such as health 
and safety, environmental and food and drug regulations and regulations governing communications. We develop, configure and 
market our products to meet customer needs created by these regulations. These regulations are complex, change frequently and have 
tended to become more stringent over time. Any significant change in any of these regulations could reduce demand for our products 
or increase our costs of producing these products. In addition, in certain of our markets our growth depends in part upon the 
introduction of new regulations. In these markets, the failure of governmental and other entities to adopt new regulations, or the 
adoption of new regulations which our products and services are not positioned to address, could adversely affect our growth rate.  

We may be unable to adjust to changes in the healthcare industry, some of which could adversely affect our business.  

The healthcare industry has undergone, and is in the process of undergoing, significant changes in an effort to reduce costs. These 
changes include legislative healthcare reform, wider implementation of managed care, consolidation among healthcare providers, 
increased competition and declining reimbursement rates. Some of these potential changes may cause healthcare-industry participants 
to purchase fewer of our products and services, reduce the prices they are willing to pay for our products or services, reduce the 
amounts of reimbursement available for our products from governmental agencies or third-party payors, reduce the volume of 
medical procedures or impose excise taxes on medical device companies. These changes could adversely affect our revenues and 
profitability.  

Work stoppages, union and works council campaigns, labor disputes and other matters associated with our labor force could 
adversely impact our results of operations and cause us to incur incremental costs.  

We have a number of U.S. collective bargaining units and various non-U.S. collective labor arrangements. We are subject to potential 
work stoppages, union and works council campaigns and potential labor disputes, any of which could adversely impact our 
productivity and results of operations.  

Adverse changes in our relationships with, or the financial condition, performance or purchasing patterns of, key distributors, 
resellers and other channel partners could adversely affect our results of operations.  

Certain of our businesses sell a significant amount of their products to key distributors, resellers and other channel partners that have 
valuable relationships with customers and end-users. Some of these distributors and other partners also sell our competitors’ products, 
and if they favor our competitors’ products for any reason they may fail to market our products effectively. Adverse changes in our 
relationships with these distributors and other partners, or adverse developments in their financial condition, performance or 
purchasing patterns, could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. Changes in the levels of inventory maintained by 
our distributors and other channel partners can also significantly impact our results of operations in any given period. In addition, the 
consolidation of distributors in certain of our served industries, as well as the formation of large and sophisticated purchasing groups 
in industries such as healthcare, could adversely impact our profitability.  

23 

  
International economic, political, legal and business factors could negatively affect our results of operations, cash flows and 
financial condition.  

In 2009, approximately 52% of our sales were derived from customers outside the U.S. In addition, many of our manufacturing 
operations, suppliers and employees are located outside the U.S. Since our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to further 
penetrate markets outside the U.S. and increase the localization of our products and services, we expect to continue to increase our 
sales and presence outside the U.S., particularly in emerging markets. Our international business is subject to risks that are 
customarily encountered in non-U.S. operations, including:  

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

  interruption in the transportation of materials to us and finished goods to our customers; 

  differences in terms of sale, including payment terms; 

  changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions; 

  trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements; 
  unexpected changes in laws or regulatory requirements, including negative changes in tax laws;  
  limitations on ownership and on repatriation of earnings; 

  difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations; 
  differing labor regulations;  
  differing protection of intellectual property; and  
  wars and terrorist activities and the U.S. and international response thereto. 

Any of these risks could negatively affect our results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and growth.  

If we suffer loss to our facilities, distribution systems or information technology systems due to catastrophe, our operations could 
be seriously harmed.  

Our facilities, distribution systems and information technology systems are subject to catastrophic loss due to fire, flood, terrorism or 
other natural or man-made disasters. If any of these facilities or systems were to experience a catastrophic loss, it could disrupt our 
operations, delay production and shipments and result in large expenses to repair or replace the facility.  

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 
None  

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 

Our corporate headquarters are located in Washington, D.C. in a facility that we lease. At December 31, 2009, we had approximately 
213 significant manufacturing and distribution facilities worldwide. 102 of these facilities are located in the United States and 111 are 
located outside the United States, primarily in Europe and to a lesser extent in Asia, the rest of North America, Latin America and 
Australia. These facilities cover approximately 20 million square feet, of which approximately 12 million square feet are owned and 
approximately 8 million square feet are leased. Particularly outside the United States, facilities often serve more than one business 
segment and may be used for multiple purposes, such as administrative, sales, manufacturing, warehousing and/or distribution. The 
number of significant facilities by business segment is:  
  Professional Instrumentation, 68; 
  Medical Technologies, 55;  
  Industrial Technologies, 63; and 
  Tools & Components, 27.  

•

•

•

•

We consider our facilities suitable and adequate for the purposes for which they are used and do not anticipate difficulty in renewing 
existing leases as they expire or in finding alternative facilities. Please refer to Note 12 in the Consolidated Financial Statements 
included in this Annual Report for additional information with respect to our lease commitments.  

24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 
For a discussion of legal proceedings, please see the section titled “Legal Proceedings” in the MD&A.  

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 
ITEM 4.
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2009.  

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT  

Set forth below are the names, ages, positions and experience of our executive officers. All of our executive officers hold office at the 
pleasure of our Board of Directors.  

Name

Steven M. Rales 
Mitchell P. Rales 
H. Lawrence Culp, Jr. 
Daniel L. Comas 

James A. Lico 
Thomas P. Joyce, Jr. 
William K. Daniel II 
James H. Ditkoff 
Jonathan P. Graham 
Robert S. Lutz 

Daniel A. Raskas 

Age  

Position

Officer Since

58   

53   

46  

46

44   

49   

45   

63   

49  

52

43

Chairman of the Board

Chairman of the Executive Committee

Chief Executive Officer and President

Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer

Executive Vice President

Executive Vice President

Executive Vice President

Senior Vice President- Finance and Tax   

Senior Vice President – General Counsel   

Senior Vice President – Chief 
Accounting Officer

Senior Vice President – Corporate 
Development

1984

1984

1995

1996

2002

2002

2006

1991

2006

2002

2004

Steven M. Rales has served as Chairman of the Board since January 1984. In addition, during the past five years, he has been a 
principal in private and public business entities in the areas of manufacturing and film production. Mr. Rales is a brother of Mitchell 
P. Rales.  

Mitchell P. Rales has served as Chairman of the Executive Committee since 1990. In addition, during the past five years, he has been 
a principal in private and public business entities in the manufacturing area. Mr. Rales is a brother of Steven M. Rales.  

H. Lawrence Culp, Jr. was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer in 2001.  

Daniel L. Comas was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in April 2005. He served as Senior Vice 
President-Finance and Corporate Development from April 2004 to April 2005.  

25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
William K. Daniel II joined Danaher as Vice President and Group Executive in July 2006 and was appointed Executive Vice 
President in July 2008. From 1987 until he joined Danaher he worked at ArvinMeritor, Inc., a supplier of motor vehicle systems and 
components, in a variety of general management positions, most recently as Senior Vice President.  

James A. Lico was appointed Executive Vice President in September 2005. He has served in a variety of general management 
positions since joining Danaher in 1996, including most recently as President of Fluke Corporation from July 2000 until September 
2005, as Vice President and Group Executive of Danaher from December 2002 until September 2005, and as Vice President – 
Danaher Business Systems Office from September 2004 until September 2005.  

Thomas P. Joyce, Jr. was appointed Executive Vice President in May 2006. He has served in a variety of general management 
positions since joining Danaher in 1990, including most recently as Vice President and Group Executive of Danaher from December 
2002 until May 2006.  

James H. Ditkoff has served as Senior Vice President-Finance and Tax since December 2002.  

Jonathan P. Graham joined Danaher as Senior Vice President-General Counsel in July 2006. Prior to joining the company, he served 
as Vice President, Litigation and Legal Policy for General Electric Corporation, a diversified industrial company, from October 2004 
until June 2006.  

Robert S. Lutz served as Vice President – Chief Accounting Officer from March 2003 to February 2010 and was appointed Senior 
Vice President – Chief Accounting Officer in February 2010.  

Daniel A. Raskas joined Danaher as Vice President – Corporate Development in November 2004 and was appointed Senior Vice 
President – Corporate Development in February 2010.  

PART II  

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol DHR. As of February 12, 2010, there were 
approximately 2,940 holders of record of our common stock. The high and low common stock prices per share as reported on the 
New York Stock Exchange, and the dividends paid per share, in each case for the periods described below, were as follows:  

First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 
Fourth quarter 

2009

2008

High   

Low   

Dividends
Per Share  

High   

Low   

   $59.90   $47.73   $
   $64.90   $52.38   $
   $69.00   $57.04   $
   $76.56   $64.39   $

.03   $88.20   $67.76   $
.03   $82.62   $73.04   $
.03   $85.00   $68.37   $
.04   $70.59   $47.20   $

Dividends
Per Share
.03
.03
.03
.03

Our payment of dividends in the future will be determined by our Board of Directors and will depend on business conditions, our 
earnings and other factors. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company increased its regular quarterly dividend from $0.03 to 
$0.04 per share by declaring a dividend of $0.04 that was paid on January 26, 2010 to holders of record on December 31, 2009.  

26 

  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

There were no repurchases of equity securities during the fourth quarter of 2009. On April 21, 2005, the Company’s Board of 
Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 10 million shares of the Company’s common stock from time to time on the open market 
or in privately negotiated transactions. There is no expiration date for the Company’s repurchase program. The timing and amount of 
any shares repurchased will be determined by the Company’s management based on its evaluation of market conditions and other 
factors. The repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. Any repurchased shares will be available for use in 
connection with the Company’s equity compensation plans (or any successor plan) and for other corporate purposes. As of 
December 31, 2009, 1,977,566 shares remain available for repurchase pursuant to this program.  

Recent Issuances of Unregistered Securities  

During the fourth quarter of 2009, holders of certain of the Company’s Liquid Yield Option Notes (LYONs) converted such LYONs 
into an aggregate of 87 shares of Danaher common stock, par value $0.01 per share. The shares of common stock were issued solely 
to an existing security holder upon conversion of the LYONs pursuant to the exemption from registration provided under Section 3(a)
(9) of the Securities Exchange Act 1933, as amended.  

27 

  
ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

(in thousands, except per share information)  

Sales 
Operating Profit 
Earnings from continuing operations 
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax 

Net earnings 
Earnings per share from continuing operations: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Earnings per share from discontinued operations: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Net earnings per share: 

Basic 
Diluted 
Dividends per share 
Total assets 
Total debt 

2009

2008
   $11,184,938   $12,697,456   $11,025,917  
1,740,709  

  1,542,476  

1,869,477  

2007

2006

2005

  $ 9,466,056   $7,871,498
1,247,575

  1,500,210  

  1,151,704  

1,317,631  

1,213,998  

  1,109,206  

885,609

—    

—    

155,906 (a)  

12,823  

12,191

  1,151,704  

1,317,631  

1,369,904  

  1,122,029  

897,800

3.59   $
3.46  

4.13   $
3.95  

  $

3.90  
3.72  

—    
—    

3.59   $
3.46  

0.13   $

—     $
—    

0.50 (a)   $
0.47 (a)  

4.13   $
3.95  

0.12   $

4.40 (a)   $
4.19 (a)  

0.11  

  $

3.60   $
3.44  

0.04   $
0.04  

3.64   $
3.48  

0.08   $

2.87
2.72

0.04
0.04

2.91
2.76

0.07

   $

   $19,595,420   $17,490,128   $17,471,935  
   $ 2,933,209   $ 2,619,329   $ 3,726,244  

  $12,864,151   $9,163,109
  $ 2,433,716   $1,041,722

(a)

Includes $211 million ($150 million after-tax or $0.45 per diluted share) gain on sale of the Company’s power quality business. 
Refer to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 

28 

  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is designed to provide a reader 
of Danaher’s financial statements with a narrative from the perspective of Company management. The Company’s MD&A is divided 
into four main sections:  

•

•

•

•

  Overview  
  Results of Operations  
  Liquidity and Capital Resources 

  Critical Accounting Policies 

OVERVIEW  
General  

Please see “Item 1. Business – General” for a discussion of Danaher’s objectives and methodologies for delivering shareholder value. 
Danaher is a multinational corporation with global operations. During 2009, approximately 52% of Danaher’s sales were derived 
from customers outside the United States. As a global business, Danaher’s operations are affected by worldwide, regional and 
industry-specific economic and political factors. For example, in those industry segments where the Company is a capital equipment 
provider, revenues depend on the capital expenditure budgets and spending patterns of the Company’s customers, who may delay or 
accelerate purchases in reaction to changes in their businesses and in the economy. Danaher’s geographic and industry diversity, as 
well as the diversity of its products and services, typically helps limit the impact of any one industry or the economy of any single 
country on the consolidated operating results. However, the broad impact of the worldwide credit market turmoil and economic 
downturn in 2008 and 2009 negatively impacted the results of operations of most of the Company’s businesses. Given the broad 
range of products manufactured and geographies served, management does not use any indices other than general economic trends to 
predict the overall outlook for the Company. The Company’s individual businesses monitor key competitors and customers, including 
to the extent possible their sales, to gauge relative performance and the outlook for the future.  

As a result of our geographic and industry diversity we face a variety of challenges and opportunities, including rapid technological 
development in most of our served markets, the expansion of opportunities in emerging markets, trends toward increased utilization 
of the global labor force and consolidation of our competitors. We operate in a highly competitive business environment in most 
markets, and our long-term growth will depend in particular on our ability to expand our business (including through geographical 
and product line expansion), identify, consummate and integrate appropriate acquisitions, develop innovative new products with 
higher gross profit margins and continue to improve operating efficiency and organizational effectiveness. We are making significant 
investments, organically and through acquisitions, to address the rapid pace of technological change in our served markets and to 
globalize our manufacturing and customer facing resources in order to be responsive to our customers throughout the world and 
improve the efficiency of our operations.  

Business Performance  

During 2009, lower spending and investment by both businesses and consumers resulted in a substantial decline in demand for most 
of the Company’s products. These conditions began in the third quarter of 2008 as global financial markets were in turmoil and 
continued throughout 2009. Demand stabilized in most businesses in the fourth quarter of 2009. Sales declined across all segments 
and major geographic regions, particularly in the United States and Europe. Unfavorable foreign currency translation also negatively 
impacted results for the year due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar as compared with 2008. Given the difficult economic 
environment, the Company implemented significant restructuring actions to rationalize its cost structure to a level appropriate for the 
conditions (refer Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.) Despite the challenging environment, the operating margin 
impacts of lower sales levels and restructuring costs were partially offset by the benefits of 2008 and 2009 restructuring actions, other 
productivity improvements, higher pricing in certain markets and lower material costs. The Company also generated operating cash 
flow near the same level as 2008 primarily by reducing inventory levels to reflect the lower levels of customer demand and by 
effectively managing accounts receivable. The Company also took advantage of an improving acquisition market in 2009 by 
consummating fifteen acquisitions, as discussed below, and signing definitive agreements to acquire an additional three businesses.  

29 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Acquisitions  

The Company acquired fifteen businesses during 2009 for consideration of approximately $704 million in cash, net of cash acquired. 
These businesses were acquired to complement existing units of the Medical Technologies, Professional Instrumentation and 
Industrial Technologies segments. The aggregate annual sales of these fifteen acquired businesses at the time of their respective 
acquisitions, in each case based on the company’s revenues for its last completed fiscal year prior to the acquisition, were 
approximately $430 million.  

Subsequent to December 31, 2009, the Company completed the previously announced acquisition of the Analytical Technologies 
division of MDS, which includes a 50% ownership position in the Applied Biosystems/MDS Sciex joint venture (“AB SCIEX”), a 
mass spectrometry business, and a 100% ownership position in the Molecular Devices Corporation, a bioresearch and analytical 
instrumentation company. In a separate, but related transaction, the Company simultaneously completed the acquisition of the 
remaining 50% ownership position in AB SCIEX from Life Technologies Corporation. The aggregate purchase price for the 
combined transactions was $1.1 billion, including debt assumed and net of cash acquired. AB SCIEX and Molecular Devices 
Corporation now operate within the Company’s Medical Technologies segment, and are expected to increase the Medical 
Technologies segment’s annual revenues by approximately $650 million. The acquisition of AB SCIEX significantly expands the 
Company’s position in the life sciences and diagnostics business and in particular establishes a position in the mass spectrometry 
market. AB SCIEX is expected to provide additional sales and earnings growth opportunities in the Company’s Medical Technologies 
segment, both through the growth of existing products and services and through the potential acquisition of complementary 
businesses. Company management and other personnel are devoting significant resources to the successful integration of the acquired 
businesses into Danaher.  

Settlement of Litigation  

During the third quarter of 2009, Ormco Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, settled certain litigation pending 
between Ormco and Align Technology, Inc. (Align). Among other provisions, as part of the settlement, Align paid $13 million in 
cash to Ormco and issued to the Company 7.6 million shares of Align common stock which, following issuance, represented an 
approximately ten percent ownership interest in Align. The Company recorded a pre-tax gain of $85 million ($53 million after tax or 
$0.16 per share) related to the settlement representing the cash received and the value of the shares received on the date the shares 
were issued to the Company, net of $13 million of related legal and direct settlement costs incurred. This gain is reflected as “other 
(income) expense” in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Earnings.  

Restructuring Activities  

During 2009, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring and other related charges totaling $238.5 million. Of the total 2009 
restructuring costs incurred, $192.3 million ($144.4 million net of tax or $0.43 per diluted share) was incurred pursuant to plans 
approved by the Company in April and August of 2009 and $46.2 million was incurred in connection with the Company’s normal on-
going restructuring actions. The plans approved by the Company in April and August 2009 reflected management’s assessment that 
adjustments to the Company’s on-going cost structure were appropriate in light of lower demand in most of the Company’s end 
markets resulting from the overall deterioration in global economic conditions that began in the latter half of 2008 and continued 
through 2009. These 2009 restructuring actions include employee-related and facility shut-down costs of $228.1 million and non-cash 
asset write-offs of $10.4 million. Cash expenditures for these restructuring activities are being funded with cash generated from 
operations. As of December 31, 2009, cash payments of $106.5 million related to these actions have been made. The Company’s 
2009 restructuring activities generated approximately $50 million pre-tax savings during 2009 and the Company expects to realize 
approximately $170 million of incremental year-over-year pre-tax savings during 2010 associated with these restructuring activities.  

During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring and other related charges totaling $82.0 million ($61.5 
million net of tax, or $0.18 per diluted share) relating to restructuring actions designed to better position the Company’s cost base in 
light of the deterioration in global economic conditions. These charges included  

30 

  
cash employee-related and facility shut-down costs of $76 million and non-cash asset write-offs of $6 million. All required cash 
payments related to the actions have been made as of December 31, 2009. The 2008 restructuring activities generated approximately 
$100 million of pre-tax savings during 2009 and the Company expects comparable annual savings in future years.  

Refer to Note 17 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to these restructuring 
activities. The impact of these restructuring costs on each of the Company’s reportable segments is discussed in the “–Results of 
Operations - Business Segments” below.  

Outlook  

While differences exist among the Company’s businesses, the year-over-year sales declines during the fourth quarter of 2009 
improved compared to the year-over-year sales declines during each of the first three quarters of 2009, due in part to an improving 
global economic environment as well as easier year-over-year comparisons. The improved rates of decline were most evident in the 
product identification, test and measurement, dental and life sciences and diagnostics businesses. As economic conditions continue to 
stabilize, and providing no unforeseen, significant deterioration in general economic conditions occurs, the Company expects modest 
overall sales growth during 2010 as compared to 2009. The restructuring actions undertaken by the Company in 2008 and 2009 
targeted at reducing the Company’s ongoing cost structure are expected to positively impact the Company’s earnings and operating 
cash flow in 2010 and future periods. The additional operating cash flow generated by these cost savings will continue to be 
strategically deployed to strengthen the Company’s competitive position and accelerate its sales and earnings potential.  

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

Consolidated sales for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased 12% compared to 2008. Sales from existing businesses declined 
12% on a year-over-year basis. The impact of currency translation decreased reported sales by 2.0% as the U.S. dollar was, on 
average, stronger against other major currencies during 2009 as compared to exchange rate levels during 2008. Recently acquired 
businesses provided sales growth of approximately 2.0%. In this report, references to sales from existing businesses refers to sales 
calculated according to GAAP but excluding (1) sales from acquired businesses recorded prior to the first anniversary of the 
acquisition, and (2) the impact of currency translation. References to sales or operating profit attributable to acquisitions or recently 
acquired businesses refer to sales or operating profit, as applicable, from acquired businesses recorded prior to the first anniversary of 
the acquisition. The portion of revenue attributable to currency translation is calculated as the difference between (a) the period-to-
period change in revenue (excluding acquisition sales) and (b) the period-to-period change in revenue (excluding acquisition sales) 
after applying current period foreign exchange rates to the prior year period.  

Operating profit margins were 13.8% in the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to 14.7% for the year ended December 31, 
2008. The decrease in operating profit margins during 2009 is primarily a result of lower sales volumes in 2009 compared to 2008, as 
well as restructuring costs incurred during 2009 in excess of the level incurred during 2008 which reduced operating profit margin 
comparisons by 115 basis points on a year-over-year basis. In addition, the dilutive effect of recently acquired businesses adversely 
impacted operating profit margin comparisons by 20 basis points. Cost savings realized in 2009 attributable to the Company’s 2008 
and 2009 restructuring activities and ongoing efforts to reduce material costs and other operating expenses partially offset the 
reductions in operating profit margins. The gain recognized during 2009 in connection with the Align litigation settlement also 
favorably impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons by 75 basis points. In addition, accounting charges recorded 
in 2008 associated with recording the fair value of inventory and deferred revenue acquired in connection with the November 2007 
acquisition of Tektronix (net of comparable acquisition-related charges recorded in 2009) favorably impacted year-over-year 
operating profit margin comparisons by 10 basis points. The Company anticipates that the dilutive effect of acquisitions and 
acquisition-related accounting charges are factors that will continue to adversely impact operating profit margins in future periods, 
while the impact of the 2008 and 2009 restructuring activities and the Company’s ongoing efforts to reduce material costs and other 
operating expenses are factors that will continue to benefit operating profit margins in future periods.  

31 

  
Business Segments  

The table below summarizes sales by business segment for each of the periods indicated:  

Professional Instrumentation
Medical Technologies 
Industrial Technologies 
Tools & Components 
Total 

PROFESSIONAL INSTRUMENTATION  

For the Years Ended December 31 
($ in millions)
2008
$ 4,860.8  
3,277.0  
3,265.5  
1,294.2  
$12,697.5  

2007
$ 3,537.9
  2,998.0
  3,153.4
  1,336.6
$11,025.9

2009
$ 4,330.7  
3,141.9  
2,658.0  
1,054.3  
$11,184.9  

Businesses in the Company’s Professional Instrumentation segment offer professional and technical customers various products and 
services that are used to enable or enhance the performance of their work. The Professional Instrumentation segment encompasses 
two strategic lines of business: environmental and test and measurement. These businesses produce and sell bench top and compact, 
professional electronic test tools and calibration equipment; a variety of video test and monitoring products, network management 
solutions, network diagnostic equipment and related services; water quality analytical instrumentation and consumables and 
ultraviolet disinfection systems; industrial water treatment solutions; and retail/commercial petroleum products and services, 
including dispensers, payment systems, underground storage tank leak detection and vapor recovery systems.  

Professional Instrumentation Selected Financial Data  

Sales 
Operating Profit 
Depreciation and amortization
Restructuring and other related charges 
Operating profit as a % of sales
Depreciation and amortization as a % of sales 
Restructuring and other related charges as a % of sales

Components of Sales Growth (Decline)  

For the Years Ended December 31 
($ in millions)
2008
$4,860.8  
907.3  
130.4  
28.8  
18.7%  
2.7%  
0.6%  

2009
$4,330.7  
728.5  
134.8  
99.0  
16.8%  
3.1% 
2.3%  

2007
$3,537.9  
709.5  
64.8  
  —    

20.1% 
1.8% 

  —    

Existing businesses 
Acquisitions 
Currency exchange rates
Total 

2009 vs. 2008 

2008 vs. 2007 

(12.5)%  
3.5%   
(2.0)%  
(11.0)%  

4.0% 
32.0% 
1.5% 
37.5% 

32 

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
2009 COMPARED TO 2008  

The year-over-year decline in sales during 2009 is principally attributable to declines in the segment’s test and measurement lines of 
business. Price increases contributed 1.5% sales growth during 2009 and are reflected as a component of the changes in sales from 
existing businesses.  

Operating profit margins decreased 190 basis points in 2009 as compared to 2008. The decrease in operating profit margins resulted 
primarily from lower sales volumes during 2009, as well as 145 basis points of incremental restructuring costs incurred during 2009 
compared to 2008. The dilutive effect of recently acquired businesses also adversely impacted operating profit margins on a year-
over-year basis by 45 basis points. Accounting charges incurred in 2008 associated with recording the fair value of inventory and 
deferred revenue acquired in connection with the November 2007 acquisition of Tektronix (net of comparable acquisition-related 
charges recorded in 2009) favorably impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons by 70 basis points. Cost savings 
realized in 2009 attributable to the Company’s 2008 and 2009 restructuring activities and ongoing efforts to reduce material costs and 
other operating expenses also partially offset the reductions in operating profit margins.  

Overview of Businesses within Professional Instrumentation Segment  

Environmental. Sales from the segment’s environmental businesses, representing 57% of segment sales for 2009, were essentially flat 
as compared to 2008. Sales from existing businesses decreased reported sales by 1.0% and the impact of currency translation 
decreased reported sales by 2.5%. Growth of 3.5% related to recently acquired businesses offset these sales declines.  

Sales from existing businesses in the segment’s water quality businesses during 2009 were essentially flat as compared to 2008. A 
mid-teens growth rate in the business’ ultraviolet water treatment product line and a mid-single digit growth rate in the industrial 
water treatment product line offset low-single digit sales declines in the business’ laboratory and process instrumentation product line. 
Growth rates in the ultraviolet water treatment product line reflect strength in demand for municipal wastewater applications, as well 
as shipments related to a significant drinking water treatment plant project that commenced in 2009 and is expected to be substantially 
completed during 2010. In the business’ laboratory and process instrumentation product line and associated consumables, general 
economic conditions adversely impacted demand in all major geographies with the exception of China, where revenues grew at a low 
double-digit rate during 2009.  

Sales from existing businesses in the retail petroleum equipment business during 2009 declined at a low-single digit rate as compared 
to 2008. Strong North American sales of the business’ point-of-sale retail and payment solution product offerings that are being 
driven in part by regulatory requirements were more than offset by lower demand for dispensing equipment, primarily in Europe, and 
service offerings. Lower demand for the business’ automatic tank gauge product offerings and leak detection systems also adversely 
impacted year-over-year comparisons. The decline in demand for the business’ leak detection systems was partially attributable to a 
significant project in 2008 that did not repeat in 2009.  

Test & Measurement. Sales in the segment’s test and measurement businesses, representing 43% of segment sales for 2009, declined 
22.0% as compared to 2008. Sales from existing businesses decreased reported sales by 24.0%, while the impact of currency 
translation decreased reported sales by 1.0%. Sales growth of 3.0% related to recently acquired businesses partially offset these 
declines.  

Soft demand across all instrumentation related product lines, attributable to general economic conditions and inventory reductions by 
distributors, drove sales declines during 2009. While year-over-year sales declined during each quarter during 2009, the rate of 
decline during the fourth quarter of 2009 improved compared to the first three quarters of the year primarily due to the adverse impact 
of inventory level reductions in the distribution channel that were largely completed by the end of the third quarter. Year-over-year 
comparisons for the fourth quarter were also favorably impacted by the decline in demand that commenced in the fourth quarter 2008 
resulting in an easier comparison. Sales declined in all significant geographic regions. Year-over-year sales in the network and 
communication businesses declined at a lower rate than the instrumentation business primarily as a result of positive performance in 
the network management solutions businesses which benefited from the competition among mobile telecommunication providers to 
expand coverage, services and performance of their networks.  

33 

  
2008 COMPARED TO 2007  

Segment sales for Professional Instrumentation increased 37.5% for 2008 as compared to 2007. Sales growth was experienced in both 
of the segment’s strategic lines of business during the year, with the majority of the growth coming from acquisitions. Price increases 
accounted for approximately 2.0% sales growth which is reflected as a component of the sales from existing businesses.  

Fourth quarter 2008 restructuring activities adversely impacted operating profit margins in the Professional Instrumentation segment 
by 60 basis points in 2008 as compared to 2007. In addition, the dilutive impact of recently acquired businesses reduced 2008 
operating profit margins by 295 basis points, including the adverse impact of acquired inventory and acquired deferred revenue fair 
value charges recorded related to the acquisition of Tektronix. The Company also incurred Tektronix-related charges in 2007 
associated with acquired in-process research and development that affected year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons by 
170 basis points.  

Depreciation and amortization as a percentage of sales increased during 2008 as compared to 2007 primarily as a result of the 
increase in amortization expense associated with the intangible assets acquired in connection with the Tektronix acquisition.  

Overview of Businesses within Professional Instrumentation Segment  

Environmental. Sales from the Company’s environmental businesses, representing approximately 51% of segment sales for 2008, 
increased 15.5% in 2008 compared to 2007. Sales from existing businesses accounted for 6.5% growth while acquisitions accounted 
for 7.5% growth and currency translation accounted for 1.5% growth.  

The segment’s water quality businesses experienced high-single digit revenue growth from existing businesses in 2008 as compared 
to 2007. This growth was primarily a result of strong laboratory and process sales, reflecting in part the results of increased sales force 
investments and penetration into emerging markets. Growth in sales was experienced in all major geographic regions with particular 
strength in Asia where sales increased at a double digit rate. Also contributing to the year-over-year growth was increased demand by 
municipalities for the businesses’ ultraviolet disinfection water treatment product offerings which experienced a mid-teens sales 
growth rate.  

The retail petroleum equipment business experienced mid-single digit revenue growth from existing businesses in 2008 as compared 
to 2007. This growth was primarily driven by strong sales of payment and point of sale retail and payment solution product offerings 
offset by a decline in dispensing equipment sales primarily in North America and Europe. An increase in demand for the business’ 
vapor recovery products in North America also contributed to the year-over-year sales growth, primarily related to an enhanced vapor 
recovery product that received regulatory approval and launched during the fourth quarter of 2008.  

Test and Measurement. Sales from the Company’s test and measurement businesses, representing approximately 49% of segment 
sales for 2008, grew 70% compared to 2007. Sales from existing businesses were essentially flat while acquisitions accounted for 
68.0% growth and currency translation accounted for approximately 2.0% growth.  

Sales growth from existing businesses was driven primarily by performance during the first nine months of 2008 as a result of strong 
sales of the business’ thermography and precision measurement product offerings as well as strong growth from investments in 
emerging markets. While demand for the business’ thermography products continued to increase as compared to 2007 during the 
fourth quarter, demand slowed for the business’ traditional industrial digital hand-held instruments and precision measurement 
products resulting in a mid-single digit rate sales decline in the quarter and offsetting the growth experienced in the first nine months. 
In addition, the sales decline in the fourth quarter of 2008 is a result of reductions of inventory in the distribution channel as well as 
the impact of currency exchange rate volatility on customer demand in certain emerging markets. Sales also declined throughout 2008 
in the business’ enterprise network performance management line of business as a result of generally lower telecommunications 
demand and slower information technology spending by customers.  

34 

  
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES  

The Medical Technologies segment consists of businesses that offer clinical and research medical professionals various products and 
services that are used in connection with the performance of their work. The Medical Technologies segment encompasses the dental 
and life sciences and diagnostics businesses.  

Medical Technologies Selected Financial Data  

Sales 
Operating Profit 
Depreciation and amortization
Restructuring and other related charges 
Operating profit as a % of sales
Depreciation and amortization as a % of sales 
Restructuring and other related charges as a % of sales

Components of Sales Growth (Decline)  

Existing businesses 
Acquisitions 
Currency exchange rates
Total 

2009 COMPARED TO 2008  

For the Years Ended December 31 
($ in millions)
2008
$3,277.0  
370.5  
123.5  
26.1  
11.3%  
3.8%  
0.8%  

2009
$3,141.9  
395.5  
127.8  
60.5  
12.6%  
4.1% 
1.9%  

2007
$2,998.0  
393.2  
119.7  
  —    

13.1% 
4.0% 

  —    

2009 vs. 2008 

2008 vs. 2007 

(5.0)%  
3.5%   
(2.5)%  
(4.0)%  

4.5% 
2.0% 
3.0% 
9.5% 

During 2009, sales growth in the segment’s acute care diagnostic and pathology diagnostic businesses was more than offset by sales 
declines in the segment’s life sciences instrumentation and dental businesses. Price increases contributed 1.0% sales growth during 
2009 and are reflected as a component of the change in sales from existing businesses.  

Operating profit margins increased 130 basis points in 2009 as compared to 2008. The gain recognized during 2009 in connection 
with the Align litigation settlement favorably impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons by 270 basis points. 
Restructuring costs incurred during 2009 in excess of the levels incurred during 2008 reduced operating profit margins by 105 basis 
points on a year-over-year basis and the dilutive effect of recently acquired businesses adversely impacted operating profit margin 
comparisons by 15 basis points. The adoption of the new business combination accounting standard, requiring the expensing of 
transaction costs for pending and completed acquisitions after December 31, 2008, also reduced operating profit margins for 2009 by 
55 basis points. While the year-over-year sales declines diminished leverage of the segment’s fixed cost base, the 2009 cost savings 
attributable to the Company’s 2008 and 2009 restructuring activities and ongoing efforts to reduce material costs and other operating 
expenses offset this adverse impact.  

Overview of Businesses within Medical Technologies Segment  

Sales in the segment’s existing acute care diagnostics business grew at a mid-single digit rate during 2009 as compared to 2008. 
Continued strong aftermarket consumables sales related to the business’ installed base of acute care diagnostic instrumentation drove 
the majority of the growth during 2009. Increased sales of the business’  

35 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
cardiac marking instrument also contributed to the year-over-year growth and are expected to further benefit sales in 2010. Sales grew 
at a double-digit rate in China and the emerging economies of Latin America during 2009, while combined Europe and North 
America sales were flat.  

Sales in the segment’s existing life science instrumentation and pathology diagnostics businesses declined at a low-single digit rate 
during 2009 as compared to 2008. Sales growth attributable to pathology diagnostic instrumentation and associated consumable 
products, primarily outside of North America, was more than offset by sales declines attributable to lower demand for compound and 
stereo microscopy equipment primarily in Europe and North America. Lower demand for microscopy equipment resulted largely 
from lower capital spending in the Company’s customer base throughout 2009. While year-over-year sales in the life sciences 
instrumentation business declined in each quarter during 2009, the rate of year-over-year decline during the fourth quarter of 2009 
improved compared to the first three quarters of the year as economic stimulus funding, primarily in Japan, began to favorably impact 
the business. North American stimulus funding did not significantly benefit the business in 2009, but is expected to positively impact 
the Company’s results in 2010.  

Sales in the segment’s existing dental businesses declined at a high-single digit rate during 2009 as compared to 2008. Sales in the 
dental consumables business during 2009 were essentially flat as compared to 2008. Increased sales of orthodontia and infection 
control products during 2009 were offset by weaker demand for implants, endodontic products and general dentistry consumables. 
Lower capital spending by customers and inventory reductions in certain distribution channels drove year-over-year sales declines at 
a mid-teen rate in the dental technologies businesses. While year-over-year sales in the dental technologies business declined in each 
quarter during 2009, the rate of year-over-year decline during the fourth quarter of 2009 improved compared to the first three quarters 
of the year due to strong sales of treatment units in Europe, as well as easier year-over-year comparisons due to a large stocking order 
for imaging equipment that occurred in the third quarter 2008. The Company’s acquisition of PaloDEx, a leading manufacturer of 
dental imaging products, in the fourth quarter of 2009 will provide additional sales growth in the Company’s dental imaging business 
in 2010.  

2008 COMPARED TO 2007  

Segment sales for Medical Technologies increased 9.5% for 2008 as compared to 2007. Sales growth was primarily driven by the 
segment’s acute care diagnostics, life sciences instrumentation and pathology diagnostics businesses. Price increases accounted for 
approximately 1.0% sales growth which is reflected as a component of the sales from existing businesses.  

The fourth quarter 2008 restructuring activities adversely impacted operating profit margins in the Medical Technologies segment by 
80 basis points in 2008 as compared to 2007. In addition, the dilutive impact of recently acquired businesses reduced 2008 operating 
profit margins by 40 basis points. A decline in demand for certain products in the dental technologies business, in addition to 
increased sales force investment and research and development costs within the life sciences business, also adversely impacted year-
over-year operating margin profit comparisons.  

Overview of Businesses within Medical Technologies Segment  

Revenues in the segment’s acute care diagnostics business grew at mid-single digit rate in 2008 as compared to 2007. The year-over-
year growth was primarily attributable to strong aftermarket consumables sales for the business’ installed base of acute care 
diagnostic instrumentation, sales of the business’ compact version of its blood gas analysis instrument as well as sales resulting from 
the launch of the business’ AQT cardiac marker during 2008. Sales growth was experienced in all major geographic regions during 
the year. Particularly strong growth in emerging markets during the first nine months of the year moderated during the fourth quarter 
as a result of currency exchange rate volatility and economic uncertainty.  

The segment’s life science instrumentation business experienced high-single digit revenue growth in 2008 as compared to 2007. 
Continued strong sales of the business’ pathology diagnostics instrumentation and consumables offerings as well as compound 
microscopy product offerings drove the majority of this growth. All major geographic regions experienced growth.  

36 

  
The segment’s dental business’ revenue in 2008 was essentially flat as compared to 2007. Revenues in the dental technologies 
business grew at a mid-single digit rate through the first nine months of 2008 primarily driven by strong demand for imaging 
equipment. However, a significant decline in demand in the fourth quarter for the majority of the products in the dental technologies’ 
business, including imaging equipment, more than offset this earlier growth resulting in low-single digit sales declines for the year. 
The decline in demand is primarily attributable to customer decisions to cancel or delay capital spending as well as inventory 
reductions in certain distribution channels. Offsetting the 2008 sales declines in the dental technologies business was low-single digit 
growth in the dental consumables business. Sales growth in the dental consumables’ businesses was primarily due to strong sales of 
general dentistry consumables and increased demand for endodontic and infection control products, offset by lower demand in the 
orthodontia product line.  

INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES  

Businesses in the Industrial Technologies segment manufacture products and sub-systems that are typically incorporated by 
customers and systems integrators into production and packaging lines, as well as incorporated by original equipment manufacturers 
(“OEMs”) into various end-products. Many of the businesses also provide services to support their products, including helping 
customers integrate and install the products and helping ensure product uptime. The Industrial Technologies segment encompasses 
two strategic lines of business, product identification and motion, and two focused niche businesses, aerospace and defense, and 
sensors and controls. These businesses produce and sell product identification equipment and consumables; precision motion control 
equipment; monitoring, sensing and control devices; and aerospace safety devices and defense articles. In the third quarter of 2007, 
the Company disposed of the power quality businesses that were part of this segment and all 2007 segment results have been adjusted 
to exclude the results of these discontinued operations.  

Industrial Technologies Segment Selected Financial Data  

Sales 
Operating profit 
Depreciation and amortization
Restructuring and other related charges 
Operating profit as a % of sales
Depreciation and amortization as a % of sales 
Restructuring and other related charges as a % of sales

Components of Sales Growth (Decline)  

Existing businesses 
Acquisitions 
Currency exchange rates

Total 

2009 COMPARED TO 2008  

For the Years Ended December 31 
($ in millions)
2008
$3,265.5  
522.1  
64.4  
23.1  
16.0%  
2.0%  
0.7%  

2009
$2,658.0  
383.2  
56.0  
60.7  
14.4%  
2.1%  
2.3%  

2007
$3,153.4  
532.5  
63.2  
  —    

16.9% 
2.0% 

  —    

2009 vs. 2008 

2008 vs. 2007 

(16.0)%  
0.5%   
(3.0)% 
(18.5)%  

1.5% 
—    
2.0% 
3.5% 

Sales declines in a majority of the segment’s businesses during 2009 more than offset sales growth of approximately 1.5% related to 
price increases which are reflected as a component of the decrease in sales from existing businesses.  

37 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit margins in the segment declined 160 basis points in 2009 as compared to 2008. The decrease in operating profit 
margins resulted primarily from lower sales volumes during 2009, as well as 75 basis points of incremental restructuring costs 
incurred during 2009 compared to 2008. The adoption of the new business combination accounting standard, requiring the expensing 
of transaction costs for pending and completed acquisitions after December 31, 2008, combined with the dilutive effect of recently 
acquired businesses, also reduced operating profit margins for 2009 by 10 basis points. Cost savings realized in 2009 attributable to 
the Company’s 2008 and 2009 restructuring activities and ongoing efforts to reduce material costs and other operating expenses 
partially offset these negative factors.  

Overview of Businesses within Industrial Technologies Segment  

Product Identification. Sales from the segment’s product identification businesses, representing approximately 29% of segment sales 
during 2009, declined 10.5% as compared to 2008. Sales from existing businesses decreased reported sales by 8.0%, while the impact 
of currency translation decreased reported sales by 4.0%. Sales growth of 1.5% related to recently acquired businesses partially offset 
these declines.  

Sales declines from existing businesses during 2009 resulted primarily from weak demand for core marking and coding equipment 
due to lower capital spending by customers as a result of general economic conditions. Sales of consumable products associated with 
the businesses’ installed base of marking and coding equipment also declined on a year-over-year basis but not as significantly as 
equipment sales. During the fourth quarter of 2009, equipment sales increased on a year-over-year basis primarily due to emerging 
market growth. Flat consumable product sales in the fourth quarter of 2009 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2008 were an 
improvement to year-over-year consumable sales declines during the first three quarters of the year. Sales in the China market grew 
during the second half of 2009, resulting in low-single digit sales growth for the full year. Continued capital project freezes by the 
United States Postal Service contributed to year-over-year sales declines in the business’ integrated scanning system product line.  

Motion. Sales from the segment’s motion businesses, representing approximately 27% of segment sales during 2009, declined 33.5% 
as compared to 2008. Sales from existing businesses decreased reported sales by 30.0%, while the impact of currency translation 
decreased reported sales by 3.5%.  

Sales from existing businesses declined as a result of weak demand for most of the businesses’ product offerings attributable to the 
recessionary economic conditions that existed throughout 2009. While year-over-year sales in the motion businesses declined in each 
quarter during 2009, the rate of year-over-year decline during the fourth quarter of 2009 improved slightly compared to the second 
and third quarters of the year, due to improvements in demand for certain product offerings and the absence of inventory reductions 
experienced in early 2009 in the business’ distribution channels.  

Focused Niche Businesses. Sales in the segment’s niche businesses declined at a low-double digit rate during 2009 as compared to 
2008. The Company’s sensors and controls business saw modest improvement in certain end markets during the fourth quarter 2009 
as compared to the first nine months of 2009. Demand in the Company’s aerospace and defense businesses softened in the second half 
of 2009, however, primarily due to declines in demand in the commercial aviation end markets.  

2008 COMPARED TO 2007  

Segment sales for Industrial Technologies increased 3.5% for 2008 as compared to 2007. Sales growth experienced for the majority 
of the year in the segment’s motion and niche aerospace and defense and sensors lines of business was partially offset by sales 
declines experienced in the segment’s product identification line of business, primarily in the second half of 2008. Price increases 
accounted for approximately 2.0% sales growth which is reflected as a component of the sales from existing businesses.  

The fourth quarter 2008 restructuring activities adversely impacted operating profit margins in the Industrial Technologies segment 
by 70 basis points in 2008 as compared to 2007. In addition, gains recorded in 2007 due to the collection of indemnification proceeds 
related to a lawsuit and from the sale of real estate adversely impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons by 45 
basis points. Operating profit margin improvements during 2008, primarily relating to cost savings initiatives implemented beginning 
in late 2007, partially offset these adverse impacts.  

38 

  
Overview of Businesses within Industrial Technologies Segment 

Product Identification. The product identification businesses accounted for approximately 27% of segment sales in 2008. Sales from 
the segment’s product identification businesses decreased 1.5% in 2008 compared to 2007. Sales from existing businesses accounted 
for a 3.5% decline in sales while currency translation contributed 1.5% to revenue growth and acquisitions contributed 0.5% to 
revenue growth in 2008.  

Through the first nine months of 2008, sales growth driven by increased demand for both consumable products and services 
associated with the installed base of marking and coding equipment had partially offset a decline in equipment sales. Further 
weakening of equipment demand during the fourth quarter, primarily in North America and Europe, resulted in double-digit year-
over-year declines in equipment sales during the quarter as customers cancelled or delayed purchases. The declines in equipment 
sales more than offset the sales growth from consumables and services experienced throughout the majority of 2008. In addition, sales 
in the integrated scanning system product line declined throughout 2008 due to lower capital expenditures by the United States Postal 
Service and the timing of completion of various large projects for other large parcel post and retail customers.  

Motion Sales in the segment’s motion businesses, representing approximately 34% of segment sales in 2008, increased 4.0% over 
2007. Sales from existing businesses accounted for 1.0% growth while currency translation accounted for 3.0% growth during 2008. 
There were no acquisitions in the motion businesses in 2008 or 2007.  

Sales growth from existing businesses during 2008 was primarily driven by demand for custom motors and drives, particularly in the 
elevator application, flat panel display and aerospace and defense end markets. Largely offsetting this growth was weakness in 
demand for the business’ standard motors and drives product offerings throughout the year, and in particular during the fourth quarter, 
primarily in North America and Europe. In addition, during the fourth quarter, demand for products supporting the semiconductor and 
electronic assembly end markets, as well as other industrial applications, declined at levels in excess of the declines experienced 
during the first nine months of the year.  

Focused Niche Businesses. Revenues in the segment’s existing niche businesses grew at a mid-single digit rate during 2008 as 
compared to 2007, driven primarily by high-single digit sales growth in the segment’s aerospace and defense businesses and low-
single digit sales growth in the segment’s sensors and controls businesses. Sales growth from the sensors and controls business 
primarily occurred during the first nine months of 2008 as demand weakened during the fourth quarter resulting in essentially flat 
segment sales for the fourth quarter of 2008 as compared to the comparable period of 2007.  

TOOLS & COMPONENTS  

The Tools & Components segment is one of the largest producers and distributors of general purpose and specialty mechanics’ hand 
tools. Other products manufactured by the businesses in this segment include toolboxes and storage devices; diesel engine retarders; 
wheel service equipment and drill chucks.  

39 

  
Tools & Components Selected Financial Data  

Sales 
Operating profit 
Depreciation and amortization
Restructuring and other related charges 
Operating profit as a % of sales
Depreciation and amortization as a % of sales 
Restructuring and other related charges as a % of sales

Components of Sales Growth (Decline)  

Existing businesses 
Acquisition / Product line divestiture 
Currency exchange rates

Total 

2009 COMPARED TO 2008  

For the Years Ended December 31 
($ in millions)
2008
$1,294.2  
157.7  
21.0  
4.0  
12.2%  
1.6%  
0.3%  

2009
$1,054.3  
124.8  
21.0  
18.3  
11.8%  
2.0%  
1.7%  

2007
$1,336.6  
175.6  
20.8  
  —    

13.1% 
1.6% 

  —    

2009 vs. 2008 

2008 vs. 2007 

(18.0)%  
—    
(0.5)% 
(18.5)%  

(3.5)% 
—    
0.5% 
(3.0)% 

Sales declined in both the mechanics’ hand tools business and the segment’s niche businesses during 2009 as compared to 2008. Price 
increases did not appreciably impact segment results during 2009.  

Operating profit margins in the segment were 40 basis points lower during 2009 as compared to 2008. The decrease in operating 
profit margins resulted primarily from 130 basis points of incremental year-over-year restructuring costs incurred during 2009 
compared to 2008. In addition, a gain recorded in 2008 from the settlement of an insurance claim related to a 2007 plant fire 
adversely impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons. Lower year-over-year average commodity costs, cost 
savings attributable to the Company’s 2008 and 2009 restructuring activities and improved productivity in the business’ 
manufacturing facilities partially offset these negative year-over-year factors.  

Overview of Businesses within the Tools & Components Segment  

Mechanics’ hand tools sales from existing businesses, representing approximately 75% of segment sales, declined 11% during 2009 
as compared to 2008. The year-over-year decline in sales is primarily a result of generally weak North American demand in the retail, 
industrial and mobile tool markets relating to general economic conditions. Modest growth in the China domestic market during 2009 
partially offset weak North American demand.  

Sales in the segment’s niche businesses declined approximately 35% during 2009 as compared to 2008 primarily due to weak end 
market demand. While demand was weak throughout 2009, the rate of sales decline during the second half of 2009 was not as 
pronounced as the rate of sales decline in the first half of 2009, in part because of easier year-over-year comparisons as these 
businesses began experiencing revenue declines in mid-2008.  

40 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
2008 COMPARED TO 2007  

Price increases accounted for approximately 2.0% sales growth on a year-over-year basis which is reflected as a component of the 
sales from existing businesses.  

The fourth quarter 2008 restructuring activities adversely impacted operating profit margins in the Tools and Components segment by 
30 basis points in 2008 as compared to 2007. Elevated commodity costs and lower overall sales volumes in the mechanics’ hand tools 
business also adversely impacted operating profit margins. A 2008 gain from the settlement of an insurance claim related to a 2007 
plant fire, coupled with the impact of charges recorded in 2007 associated with the fire, favorably impacted year-over-year operating 
profit margin comparisons by 50 basis points. Commodity costs declined significantly in the fourth quarter of 2008.  

Overview of Businesses within the Tools & Components Segment  

Mechanics’ hand tools sales, representing approximately 69% of segment sales in 2008, declined 5.5% in 2008 compared to 2007. 
Sales from existing businesses declined 6.0% during 2008, offset by a 0.5% positive impact as a result of foreign currency translation. 
The sales decline is primarily attributable to weak North American demand in both the retail, mobile and industrial hand tools end 
markets. Partially offsetting the weak North American demand was sales growth in the Asian market, primarily in the first half of 
2008, as the rate of growth in the region slowed during the second half of the year.  

The segment’s niche businesses experienced a modest sales increase during 2008 as compared to 2007. Higher customer demand in 
the segment’s engine retarder business, which rebounded from the impact of regulatory changes that resulted in reduced 2007 sales 
levels, were largely offset by lower demand in the segment’s other niche businesses during year, with particularly lower demand in 
the fourth quarter.  

GROSS PROFIT  

Sales 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Gross profit margin 

For the Years Ended December 31 
($ in millions)
2008
$12,697.5  
6,757.3  
5,940.2  

2009
$11,184.9  
5,904.7  
5,280.2  

2007
$11,025.9  
  5,985.0  
  5,040.9  

47.2% 

46.8%  

45.7% 

Gross profit margins for 2009 increased 40 basis points from 2008. Cost savings related to 2008 and 2009 restructuring activities 
primarily drove the year-over-year improvements in gross profit margin from 2008 to 2009. Lower year-over-year commodity costs 
also contributed to the improvement, as costs for several types of raw materials increased sharply in 2008 before declining late in 
2008 and into 2009. Lower overall sales volumes during 2009 as compared to 2008 diminished the leverage of the Company’s fixed 
cost base and partially offset these positive factors. In addition, costs incurred associated with year-over-year incremental 2009 
restructuring activities adversely impacted gross profit margins by 65 basis points.  

Gross profit margins for 2008 increased 110 basis points from 2007. Included in the 2008 gross profit margins is $33 million (25 
basis points) of restructuring and other related costs. The increase in gross profit margins over 2007 is primarily a result of leverage 
on increased sales volume, particularly in higher-margin consumable oriented businesses, the impact of cost-saving initiatives that 
began in late 2007 and generally higher gross profit margins in businesses recently acquired, primarily Tektronix. The impact on 
gross margins of higher commodity costs prevalent through the majority of 2008 was partially mitigated by price increases 
implemented throughout the Company.  

41 

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATING EXPENSES  

Sales 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 
SG&A as a % of sales 
R&D as a % of sales 

For the Years Ended December 31 
($ in millions)
2008
$12,697.5  
3,345.3  
725.4  

2009
$11,184.9  
3,190.2  
632.7  

2007
$11,025.9  
  2,713.1  
601.4  

28.5%  
5.7%  

26.3%  
5.7%  

24.6% 
5.5% 

The year-over-year increases in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales from 2008 to 2009 is primarily 
due to reduced leverage of the Company’s cost base caused by lower sales volumes during 2009 as compared to 2008. Incremental 
year-over-year costs associated with 2009 restructuring activities adversely impacted selling, general and administrative expenses as a 
percent of sales by 50 basis points on a year-over-year basis, although the 2008 and 2009 restructuring actions have generated year-
over-year cost savings that partially offset these negative factors.  

Research and development expenses (consisting principally of internal and contract engineering personnel costs) as a percentage of 
sales were flat during 2009 as compared to 2008. The Company continues to invest in new product development within all of its 
businesses, with particular emphasis on the medical technologies, test and measurement, environmental and product identification 
businesses.  

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales for 2008 increased 170 basis points from 2007. Included in the 
2008 selling, general and administrative expenses is $49 million (40 basis points) of restructuring and other related costs. Other 
increases in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales are primarily associated with recently acquired 
businesses and their higher relative operating expense structures. Increased spending to fund growth opportunities throughout the 
Company, particularly in emerging markets, also contributed to the growth as a percentage of sales.  

Research and development expenses as a percentage of sales were approximately 20 basis points higher in 2008 as compared to 2007. 
The 2007 charge for acquired in-process research and development related to the Tektronix acquisition, as described below, impacted 
year-over-year comparisons by 75 basis points. The relatively higher research and development cost structures of recently acquired 
businesses, primarily Tektronix, and higher investment in research and development in the Medical Technologies segment were the 
primary drivers of these year-over-year increases.  

INTEREST EXPENSE AND INCOME  

For a description of the Company’s outstanding indebtedness, please refer to “–Liquidity and Capital Resources – Financing 
Activities and Indebtedness” below.  

Interest expense of $123 million in 2009 was $7.5 million lower than 2008 primarily as a result of lower average debt levels during 
2009 as the Company deployed cash flows to repay a portion of its commercial paper borrowings. Interest attributable to the $750 
million principal amount of 5.40% senior unsecured notes issued in March 2009 (as discussed below) partially offset the positive 
impact of the reduction in outstanding commercial paper borrowings. Interest expense of $130 million in 2008 was approximately 
$20 million higher than 2007 as a result of higher average debt levels during 2008, primarily as a result of borrowings incurred in the 
fourth quarter 2007 to fund the acquisition of Tektronix.  

The Company recognized interest income of $5 million, $10 million and $6 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Interest 
income in 2009 was lower than interest income in 2008 as the lower interest rates on deposits  

42 

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
in 2009 compared to 2008 more than offset higher average invested cash balances. Interest income during 2008 was higher than 
during 2007 as a result of higher average invested cash balances as less cash was deployed for acquisitions during 2008.  

INCOME TAXES  
General  

Income tax expense and deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect management’s assessment of future taxes expected to be paid on 
items reflected in the Company’s financial statements. The Company records the tax effect of discrete items and items that are 
reported net of their tax effects in the period in which they occur.  

The Company’s effective tax rate can be affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates 
(including as a result of business acquisitions and dispositions), changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, accruals 
related to contingent tax liabilities, the results of audits and examinations of previously filed tax returns (as discussed below), the 
implementation of tax planning strategies and changes in tax laws. The Company’s effective tax rate for 2009 differs from the United 
States federal statutory rate of 35% primarily as a result of lower effective tax rates on certain earnings from operations outside of the 
United States. No provisions for United States income taxes have been made with respect to earnings that are planned to be reinvested 
indefinitely outside the United States. The amount of United States income taxes that may be applicable to such earnings is not 
readily determinable given the various tax planning alternatives the Company could employ should it decide to repatriate these 
earnings. As of December 31, 2009, the total amount of earnings planned to be reinvested indefinitely outside the United States for 
which deferred taxes have not been provided was approximately $6.5 billion.  

The amount of income taxes the Company pays is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which often 
result in proposed assessments. Management performs a comprehensive review of its global tax positions on a quarterly basis and 
accrues amounts for contingent tax liabilities. Based on these reviews, the results of discussions and resolutions of matters with 
certain tax authorities and the closure of tax years subject to tax audit, reserves are adjusted as necessary. For a discussion of risks 
related to these and other tax matters, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors”.  

Year-Over-Year Changes in Tax Provision and Effective Tax Rate  

The Company’s effective tax rate related to continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was 19.2%, 
24.7% and 25.8%, respectively.  

The Company’s 2009 effective tax rate of 19.2% includes the impact of approximately $97.2 million, or $0.29 per diluted share, 
related to gains from the net reduction of reserves associated with the resolution of uncertain tax positions and discrete items. The 
impact of expensing transaction costs in accordance with the new business combination accounting standard, much of which are not 
deductible for income tax purposes, partially offset these beneficial factors.  

The Company’s 2008 effective tax rate of 24.7% includes the impact of approximately $9.5 million, or $0.03 per diluted share, 
related to gains from the net reduction of reserves associated with uncertain tax positions and discrete items recorded primarily during 
the second quarter. The effective tax rate also reflects the impact of the continued growth in earnings outside of the United States. 
Refer to Note 14 in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.  

The effective tax rate for 2010 is expected to be approximately 25%.  

43 

  
INFLATION  

The effect of broad based inflation on the Company’s operations was not significant in the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, 
2008 or 2007.  

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT  

The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and credit risk, which could 
impact its results of operations and financial condition. The Company addresses its exposure to these risks through its normal 
operating and financing activities. In addition, the Company’s broad-based business activities help to reduce the impact that volatility 
in any particular area or related areas may have on its operating earnings as a whole.  

Interest Rate Risk  

A change in interest rates on long-term debt is assumed to impact the fair value of the Company’s long-term debt but not our earnings 
or cash flow because the interest on the Company’s long-term debt is fixed. As of December 31, 2009, an increase of 100 basis points 
in interest rates would decrease the fair value of the Company’s fixed-rate long-term debt (excluding the LYONs which have not been 
included in this calculation as the value of this convertible debt is primarily derived from its underlying common stock) by 
approximately $120 million. However, since the Company currently has no plans to repurchase its outstanding fixed-rate instruments 
before their maturity, the impact of market interest rate fluctuations on the Company’s long-term debt does not affect the Company’s 
results of operations or stockholders’ equity.  

A change in interest rates on short-term debt impacts our earnings and cash flow, but not the fair value of the Company’s short-term 
debt instruments because of their limited duration. As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s short-term debt obligations relate 
primarily to U.S. dollar commercial paper borrowings, and as a result its primary interest rate exposure results from changes in short-
term U.S. dollar interest rates. Refer to Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the Company’s 
outstanding commercial paper balances as of December 31, 2009. As these obligations mature, the Company anticipates issuing 
additional short-term commercial paper obligations to refinance all or part of these borrowings. In 2009, a 50% increase in average 
market interest rates on the Company’s commercial paper borrowings would have increased the Company’s interest expense by 
approximately $0.4 million. A 50% hypothetical fluctuation is used as the Company’s actual commercial paper interest rates 
fluctuated near that amount during 2009.  

Currency Exchange Rate Risk 

The Company faces exchange rate risk from its investments in subsidiaries owned and operated in foreign countries. The effect of a 
change in currency exchange rates on the Company’s net investment in international subsidiaries, net of the translation effect of the 
Eurobonds, is reflected in the “accumulated other comprehensive income” component of stockholders’ equity. A 10% depreciation in 
major currencies, relative to the U.S. dollar at December 31, 2009 (net of the translation effect of the Company’s Eurobond Notes, as 
described below) would result in a reduction of stockholders’ equity of approximately $500 million.  

The Company also faces exchange rate risk from transactions with customers in countries outside the United States. Although the 
Company has a U.S. dollar functional currency for reporting purposes, it has manufacturing sites throughout the world and a 
substantial portion of its costs are incurred, and sales are generated in foreign currencies. Costs incurred and sales recorded by 
subsidiaries operating outside of the United States are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates effective during the respective 
period. As a result, the Company is exposed to movements in the exchange rates of various currencies against the United States 
dollar. In particular, the Company has more sales in European currencies than it has expenses in those currencies. Therefore, when 
European currencies strengthen or weaken against the U.S. dollar, operating profits are increased or decreased, respectively. 

44 

  
On average, the U.S. dollar strengthened against other major currencies during 2009. As a result, currency exchange rates decreased 
reported sales for 2009 by approximately 2.0% as compared to reported sales for 2008. The impact of currency exchange rates on 
reported sales on a year-over-year basis was more significant in the first half of 2009 as the U.S. dollar weakened against other major 
currencies during the second half of 2009 and ended the year at exchange rates lower than existed as of December 31, 2008. If the 
exchange rates in effect as of December 31, 2009 prevail throughout 2010, currency exchange rates will positively impact 2010 
reported sales and operating results relative to the Company’s performance in 2009. Additional weakening of the U.S. dollar against 
other major currencies would have a further positive impact on the Company’s reported sales and results of operations. Any 
strengthening of the U.S. dollar against other major currencies would adversely impact the Company’s sales and results of operations 
on an overall basis.  

The Company has generally accepted the exposure to exchange rate movements without using derivative financial instruments to 
manage this risk. Therefore, both positive and negative movements in currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar will continue to 
affect the reported amount of sales, profit, and assets and liabilities in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The 
Eurobond Notes described below (which as of December 31, 2009 had outstanding borrowings in principal amount equivalent to 
$716 million) provide a natural hedge to a portion of the Company’s European net asset position.  

Credit Risk  

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and temporary investments, and trade 
accounts receivable. The Company is exposed to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by counter parties to its financial 
instruments. The Company places cash and temporary investments with various high-quality financial institutions throughout the 
world, and exposure is limited at any one institution. Although the Company does not obtain collateral or other security to secure 
these obligations, it does regularly monitor the third-party depository institutions that hold our cash and cash equivalents. Our 
emphasis is primarily on safety and liquidity of principal and secondarily on maximizing yield on those funds.  

In addition, concentrations of credit risk arising from trade accounts receivable are limited due to the diversity of the Company’s 
customers. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial conditions and obtains collateral or other 
security when appropriate.  

45 

  
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES  

Management assesses the Company’s liquidity in terms of its ability to generate cash to fund its operating, investing and financing 
activities.  

The Company’s ability to access the commercial paper market and the other capital markets has not been affected adversely by the 
recent uncertainty in the financial markets. The Company continues to generate substantial cash from operating activities and believes 
that its cash flow and other sources of liquidity, primarily its commercial paper program and committed credit facility, will be 
sufficient to allow it to continue investing in existing businesses and strategic acquisitions and maintain its capital structure on a short 
and long-term basis. For a discussion of risks related to the uncertainty in the financial markets and the global economy in general, 
please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”  

Overview of Cash Flows and Liquidity  

($ in millions)

Operating cash flows from continuing operations 
Operating cash flows used by discontinued operations 
Net cash flows from operating activities 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Cash paid for acquisitions 
Cash paid for investment in acquisition targets and other marketable securities
Other sources 
Investing cash flows from continued operations 
Investing cash flows from discontinued operations 

Net cash used in investing activities

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock
Debt (repayments) proceeds, net of new borrowings (excluding March 2009 public debt 

offering) 

Proceeds of March 2009 public debt offering
Purchase of treasury stock 
Payment of dividends 

Net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities 

For the Years Ended December 31
2008

2007

2009

$1,800.8    
—      
1,800.8    

$ 1,859.0    
—      
  1,859.0    

$ 1,699.3  
(53.5) 
1,645.8  

(188.5)  
(703.5)  
(66.8)  
15.9    
(942.9)  
  —      
(942.9)  

(193.8)  
(423.2)  
—      
49.6    
(567.4)  
—      
(567.4)  

(162.1) 
  (3,576.6) 
(23.2) 
316.8  
(3,445.1) 
(0.7) 
(3,445.8) 

174.2    

82.4    

733.0  

(469.9)  
744.6    
—      
(41.7)  
407.2    

  (1,092.3)  
—      
(74.2)  
(38.2)  
  (1,122.3)  

1,131.0  
—    
(117.5) 
(34.3) 
1,712.2  

•

•

•

  Operating cash flow from continuing operations, a key source of the Company’s liquidity, decreased $58 million during 

2009, or approximately 3%, as compared to 2008. 

  Funding for acquisitions constituted the most significant use of cash during 2009. The Company acquired fifteen 

businesses during 2009. Total consideration paid for these acquisitions was approximately $704 million in cash, net of cash 
acquired. In addition, the Company used approximately $67 million in cash for other investment opportunities.  
  The Company repaid approximately $470 million of debt (net of new borrowings, other than the proceeds from the March 
2009 public debt offering) during 2009.  

46 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

  The Company’s restructuring activities used approximately $190 million in cash during 2009.  
  In March 2009, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of $750 million aggregate principal amount of 

5.40% senior unsecured notes due 2019. The net proceeds, after expenses and the underwriters’ discount, were 
approximately $745 million. A portion of the net proceeds was used to repay a portion of the Company’s outstanding 
commercial paper and the balance of the net proceeds is being used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. 

•

  As of December 31, 2009, the Company held $1.7 billion of cash and cash equivalents. As discussed below in “–Recent 

Acquisition Activity,” subsequent to December 31, 2009, the Company utilized $1.1 billion of cash on hand in connection 
with the completion of the AB Sciex and Molecular Devices acquisitions. 

Operating Activities  

The Company continues to generate substantial cash from operating activities and remains in a strong financial position, with 
resources available for reinvestment in existing businesses, strategic acquisitions and managing its capital structure on a short and 
long-term basis. Cash flows from operating activities can fluctuate significantly from period to period as working capital needs and 
the timing of payments for items such as income taxes, restructuring activities, pension funding and other items impact reported cash 
flows.  

Operating cash flow from continuing operations was approximately $1.8 billion for 2009, a decrease of $58 million, or approximately 
3% as compared to 2008. The decrease in operating cash flow was primarily attributable to the decrease in earnings in 2009 as 
compared to 2008 and to a lesser extent attributable to the year-over-year incremental amount of cash paid related to the Company’s 
restructuring activities. In addition, the Company voluntarily contributed $60 million to the Company’s U.S. defined benefit pension 
plan in 2009 while it made no contribution in 2008. The declines in operating cash flow were partially offset by improvements in 
operating working capital (defined by the Company as trade accounts receivable plus inventory less accounts payable) which 
contributed $228 million of cash flow during 2009 as compared to contributing $108 million of cash flow during 2008. Operating 
working capital in 2009 benefited from increased collections of accounts receivable and reduced inventory levels associated with 
lower levels of business activity, partially offset by reductions in accounts payable as compared to 2008. A decline of approximately 
$100 million in tax payments during 2009 as compared to 2008 also partially offset the decline in operating cash flow.  

Operating cash flow from continuing operations was approximately $1.9 billion for 2008, an increase of $160 million, or 
approximately 9.5% as compared to 2007. Earnings growth of $104 million in addition to an increase of approximately $39 million in 
contributions from operating working capital as compared to 2007 contributed to the overall year-over-year increase in operating cash 
flows. The 2008 operating working capital contribution increased primarily due to strong collections of accounts receivable. 
Operating cash flows during 2008 also benefited approximately $83 million from year-over-year increases in stock compensation, 
depreciation and amortization charges which did not require the use of cash. In addition, non-cash acquisition related charges incurred 
related to acquired inventory and acquired deferred revenue in connection with the 2007 acquisition of Tektronix had a positive 
impact on operating cash flow comparisons. Approximately $100 million of additional income tax payments made in 2008 related to 
continuing operations as compared to 2007 partially offset these positive factors.  

In connection with the Company’s restructuring activities, the Company records appropriate accruals for the costs of closing facilities, 
severing personnel and, in connection with acquisitions, integrating the acquired businesses into existing Company operations. Cash 
flows from operating activities are reduced by the amounts expended against the various accruals. During 2009, the Company paid 
approximately $161 million related to its 2009 and 2008 restructuring activities and approximately $28 million related to restructuring 
activities associated with acquisitions completed prior to December 31, 2008. Please refer to Note 2 and Note 17 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements for additional information about these expenditures.  

47 

  
  
  
 
 
 
Investing Activities  

Cash flows relating to investing activities consist primarily of cash used for acquisitions and capital expenditures and cash flows from 
divestitures of businesses or assets. Net cash used in investing activities was $943 million during 2009 compared to $567 million of 
net cash used in 2008. Gross capital spending of $189 million during 2009 was approximately $5 million less than gross capital 
spending during 2008. Capital expenditures are made primarily for increasing capacity, replacing equipment, supporting new product 
development and improving information technology systems. In 2010, the Company expects capital spending to approximate $225 
million, though actual expenditures will ultimately depend on business conditions.  

Net cash used in investing activities related to continuing operations was approximately $567 million in 2008 compared to 
approximately $3.4 billion in 2007. Gross capital spending increased $32 million in 2008 from 2007 levels to $194 million.  

As discussed below, the Company completed numerous business acquisitions and divestitures during 2009, 2008 and 2007. All of the 
acquisitions during this period have resulted in the recognition of goodwill in the Company’s financial statements. This goodwill 
typically arises because the purchase prices for these businesses reflect a number of factors including the future earnings and cash 
flow potential of these businesses; the multiple to earnings, cash flow and other factors at which similar businesses have been 
purchased by other acquirers; the competitive nature of the process by which the Company acquired the business; and the 
complementary strategic fit and resulting synergies these businesses bring to existing operations. For a discussion of other factors 
resulting in the recognition of goodwill see Notes 2 and 6 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.  

2009 Acquisitions/Divestitures  

The Company acquired fifteen businesses during 2009 for consideration of approximately $704 million in cash, net of cash acquired. 
Each company acquired manufactures products and/or provides services in the life sciences, dental, product identification, 
environmental or test and measurement markets. These businesses were acquired to complement existing units of the Medical 
Technologies, Professional Instrumentation and Industrial Technologies segments. The aggregate annual sales of these fifteen 
acquired businesses at the time of their respective acquisitions, in each case based on the company’s revenues for its last completed 
fiscal year prior to the acquisition, were approximately $430 million.  

In addition, during 2009 the Company divested five businesses or product lines for approximately $10 million of net cash proceeds. 
The divested businesses were part of the Industrial Technologies and Tools and Components segments and had aggregate annual 
revenues of approximately $53 million in 2009. The Company recorded no significant gain or loss, either individually or in the 
aggregate, associated with these divestitures. The Company is using the proceeds from these sales for general corporate purposes.  

2008 Acquisitions  

The Company acquired seventeen companies or product lines during 2008 for consideration of approximately $423 million in cash, 
including transaction costs and net of cash acquired and $8 million of debt assumed. Each company acquired manufactures products 
and/or provides services in the life sciences, dental, product identification, environmental or test and measurement markets. These 
companies were acquired to complement existing units of the Medical Technologies, Industrial Technologies or Professional 
Instrumentation segments. The aggregate annual sales of these seventeen acquired businesses at the time of their respective 
acquisitions, in each case based on the company’s revenues for its last completed fiscal year prior to the acquisition, were 
approximately $325 million.  

2007 Acquisitions/Divestitures  

In November 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Tektronix, Inc. for total cash consideration of 
approximately $2.8 billion, including transaction costs and net of cash and debt acquired. The Company initially financed the 
acquisition of Tektronix through the issuance of commercial paper and available cash (including proceeds from the underwritten 
public offering of 6.9 million shares of Danaher common stock completed on  

48 

  
November 2, 2007). Subsequent to the acquisition, the Company issued $500 million of 5.625% senior notes due 2018 in an 
underwritten public offering and used the net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the commercial paper issued to finance 
the Tektronix acquisition. Tektronix had revenues of approximately $1.1 billion in its most recent completed fiscal year prior to the 
acquisition.  

In July 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of ChemTreat for a cash purchase price of $425 million including 
transaction costs. No cash was acquired in the transaction. The Company financed the acquisition primarily with proceeds from the 
issuance of commercial paper and to a lesser extent from available cash. ChemTreat had revenues of approximately $200 million in 
its most recent completed fiscal year prior to the acquisition.  

In addition, the Company acquired ten other companies or product lines during 2007 for consideration of approximately $273 million 
in cash, including transaction costs and net of cash acquired, and $4 million of debt assumed. Each company acquired manufactures 
products and/or provides services in the test and measurement, dental technologies, product identification, sensors and controls or 
environmental instruments markets. These companies were all acquired to complement existing units of the Professional 
Instrumentation, Medical Technologies or Industrial Technologies segments. The aggregate annual sales of these ten acquired 
businesses at the time of their respective acquisitions, in each case based on the company’s revenues for its last completed fiscal year 
prior to the acquisition, were $123 million.  

In addition to the twelve 2007 acquisitions noted above, during the first quarter of 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of 
the remaining shares of Vision Systems Limited not owned by the Company as of December 31, 2006 for cash consideration of 
approximately $96 million.  

In July 2007, the Company completed the sale of its power quality business generating approximately $275 million of net cash 
proceeds. This business, which was part of the Industrial Technologies segment and designs and manufactures power quality and 
reliability products and services, had aggregate annual revenues of approximately $130 million in 2006. The Company used the 
proceeds from this sale for general corporate purposes, including debt reduction and acquisitions.  

Recent Acquisition Developments  

Subsequent to December 31, 2009, the Company completed the previously announced acquisition of the Analytical Technologies 
division of MDS, which includes a 50% ownership position in Applied Biosystems/MDS Sciex joint venture (“AB SCIEX”), a mass 
spectrometry business, and a 100% ownership position in the former Molecular Devices Corporation, a bioresearch and analytical 
instrumentation company. In a separate, but related transaction, the Company simultaneously completed the acquisition of the 
remaining 50% ownership position in AB SCIEX from Life Technologies Corporation. The aggregate purchase price for the 
combined transactions was approximately $1.1 billion, including debt assumed and net of cash acquired. The Company funded the 
purchase price for this transaction from available cash on hand.  

Financing Activities and Indebtedness  

Cash flows from financing activities consist primarily of proceeds from the issuance of commercial paper, common stock and notes, 
excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation, repayments of indebtedness, repurchases of common stock and payments of 
dividends to shareholders. Financing activities provided cash of $404 million during 2009 compared to $1.1 billion of cash used 
during 2008. The year-over-year change was primarily due to the proceeds from the issuance of the 2019 Notes (described below); 
lower repayments of borrowings during 2009 as compared to 2008; and the repurchase of shares of Danaher common stock pursuant 
to the Company’s stock repurchase program during 2008.  

Total debt was $2.9 billion at December 31, 2009 compared to $2.6 billion at December 31, 2008. The Company’s debt as of 
December 31, 2009 was as follows:  

•

  $180 million of outstanding U.S. dollar denominated commercial paper; 

49 

  
  
 
•

•

•

•

•

  $716 million (€€ 500 million) aggregate principal amount of 4.5% guaranteed Eurobond Notes due 2013 (“Eurobond 
Notes”);  
  $500 million aggregate principal amount of 5.625% Senior Notes due 2018 (“2018 Notes”);  
  $750 million aggregate principal amount of 5.4% Senior Notes due 2019 (“2019 Notes”);  
  $634 million of zero coupon Liquid Yield Option Notes due 2021 (“LYONs”); and 

  $153 million of other borrowings. 

For a discussion of the Company’s debt as of December 31, 2009, see Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company 
does not have any credit rating downgrade triggers that would accelerate the maturity of a material amount of outstanding debt, 
except in connection with the change of control provisions described as follows. Under each of the Eurobond Notes, the 2018 Notes 
and the 2019 Notes, if the Company experiences a change of control and a rating downgrade of a specified nature within a specified 
period following the change of control, the Company will be required to offer to repurchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of the 
principal amount plus accrued interest in the case of the 2018 Notes and 2019 Notes, or the principal amount plus accrued interest in 
the case of Eurobond Notes. The Company’s outstanding indentures and comparable instruments also contain customary covenants 
including, for example, limits on the incurrence of secured debt and sale/leaseback transactions. None of these covenants are 
considered restrictive to the Company’s operations and as of December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all of its debt 
covenants. For a discussion of the risks related to our indebtedness, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”  

Commercial Paper Program and Credit Facility  

The Company satisfies its short-term liquidity needs primarily through issuances of U.S. dollar and Euro commercial paper. Under 
the Company’s U.S. dollar and Euro commercial paper programs, the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, as applicable, may 
issue and sell unsecured, short-term promissory notes in aggregate principal amount not to exceed $4.0 billion. Since the Credit 
Facilities (described below) provide credit support for the program, the $1.525 billion of availability under the Credit Facilities has 
the practical effect of reducing from $4.0 billion to $1.525 billion the maximum amount of commercial paper that the Company can 
issue under the program. Commercial paper notes are sold at a discount and have a maturity of not more than 90 days from the date of 
issuance. Borrowings under the program are available for general corporate purposes, including financing acquisitions. The Company 
classifies the borrowings under the commercial paper program as long-term borrowings in the accompanying Consolidated Balance 
Sheet as the Company has the intent and the ability, as supported by the availability of the Credit Facility, to refinance these 
borrowings for at least one year from the balance sheet date.  

Credit support for part of the commercial paper program is provided by an unsecured $1.45 billion multicurrency revolving credit 
facility (the “Credit Facility”) that expires on April 25, 2012 and an unsecured $75 million multicurrency revolving credit facility that 
expires on May 3, 2010 (the “Supplemental Credit Facility” and together with the Credit Facility, the “Credit Facilities”). The Credit 
Facilities can also be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Under the Credit Facility, interest is based on, at 
the Company’s option (1) a LIBOR-based formula that is dependent in part on the Company’s credit rating, (2) a formula based on 
the higher (as of the date of determination) of Bank of America’s prime rate or the Federal funds rate plus 50 basis points, or (3) the 
rate of interest bid by a particular lender for a particular loan under the facility. Under the Supplemental Credit Facility, interest is 
based on, at the Company’s option (1) a LIBOR-based formula, or (2) a formula based on the highest (as of the date of determination) 
of the lender’s prime rate, the Federal funds rate plus 50 basis points or the LIBOR rate plus 100 basis points. Both of the Credit 
Facilities require the Company to maintain a consolidated leverage ratio (the ratio of consolidated indebtedness to consolidated 
indebtedness plus stockholders’ equity) as of the last day of each quarter of 0.65 to 1.00 or less. As of December 31, 2009, the 
Company was in compliance with this covenant. The availability of the Credit Facilities as standby liquidity facilities to repay 
maturing commercial paper is an important factor in maintaining the existing credit ratings of our commercial paper program. We 
expect to limit any borrowings under the Credit Facilities to amounts that would leave enough credit available under the facilities so 
that we could borrow, if needed, to repay all of our outstanding commercial paper as it matures. The Company anticipates seeking a 
renewal of the term of the Supplemental Credit Facility from the lender prior to its scheduled expiration.  

50 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
During 2009, the Company refinanced balances under its commercial paper program as they came due to maintain an outstanding 
balance throughout the year. During 2008, the Company utilized its commercial paper program to finance the repayment of the 
Company’s 6.1% notes that matured in October 2008. Amounts outstanding under the Company’s U.S. dollar commercial paper 
program as of December 31, 2009 had a weighted average interest rate of 0.2% and an average maturity of approximately 5 days.  

Our ability to access the commercial paper market, and the related costs of these borrowings, is affected by the strength of our credit 
rating and market conditions. Any downgrade in the Company’s credit rating would increase the cost of borrowings under the 
Company’s commercial paper program and Credit Facility, and could limit or preclude the Company’s ability to issue commercial 
paper. If our access to the commercial paper market is adversely affected due to a change in market conditions or otherwise, we 
would expect to rely on a combination of available operating cash flow and our Credit Facilities to provide short-term funding. In 
such event, the cost of borrowings under our Credit Facilities could be higher than the cost of commercial paper borrowings.  

Other Long-Term Indebtedness  

In March 2009, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of $750 million aggregate principal amount of 5.40% senior 
unsecured notes due 2019. The notes were issued at 99.93% of their principal amount. The net proceeds, after expenses and the 
underwriters’ discount, were approximately $745 million. A portion of the net proceeds were used to repay a portion of the 
Company’s outstanding commercial paper with the balance of the net proceeds used for general corporate purposes, including 
acquisitions. The Company may redeem the notes at any time prior to their maturity at a redemption price equal to the greater of the 
principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, or the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and 
interest plus 40 basis points.  

In December 2007, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of 5.625% 
senior notes due 2018. The net proceeds, after expenses and the underwriters’ discount, were approximately $493.4 million, which 
were used to repay a portion of the commercial paper issued to finance the acquisition of Tektronix. The Company may redeem the 
notes at any time prior to their maturity at a redemption price equal to the greater of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, 
or the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest plus 25 basis points.  

On July 21, 2006, a financing subsidiary of the Company issued the Eurobond Notes in a private placement outside the U.S. Payment 
obligations under these Eurobond Notes are guaranteed by the Company. The net proceeds of the offering, after the deduction of 
underwriting commissions but prior to the deduction of other issuance costs, were €€ 496 million ($627 million based on exchange 
rates in effect at the time the offering closed) and were used to pay down a portion of the Company’s outstanding commercial paper 
and for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. The Company may redeem the notes upon the occurrence of specified, 
adverse changes in tax laws, or interpretations under such laws, at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the notes to be 
redeemed.  

In 2001, the Company issued $830 million (value at maturity) in LYONs. The net proceeds to the Company were $505 million, of 
which approximately $100 million was used to pay down debt and the balance was used for general corporate purposes, including 
acquisitions. The LYONs carry a yield to maturity of 2.375% (with contingent interest payable as described below). Holders of the 
LYONs may convert each $1,000 of principal amount at maturity into 14.5352 shares of Danaher common stock (in the aggregate for 
all LYONs, approximately 12.0 million shares of Danaher common stock) at any time on or before the maturity date of January 22, 
2021. As of December 31, 2009, an aggregate of approximately 68,000 shares of Danaher common stock had been issued upon 
conversion of LYONs. As of December 31, 2009, the accreted value of the outstanding LYONs was lower than the traded market 
value of the underlying common stock issuable upon conversion. The Company may redeem all or a portion of the LYONs for cash at 
any time at scheduled redemption prices. Holders may require the Company to purchase all or a portion of the notes for cash and/or 
Company common stock, at the Company’s option, on January 22, 2011. The holders had a similar option to require the Company to 
purchase all or a portion of the notes as of January 22, 2004, which resulted in notes with an accreted value of $1.1 million being 
redeemed by the Company for cash.  

Under the terms of the LYONs, the Company will pay contingent interest to the holders of LYONs during any six month period from 
January 23 to July 22 and from July 23 to January 22 if the average market price of a LYON for a  

51 

  
specified measurement period equals 120% or more of the sum of the issue price and accrued original issue discount for such LYON. 
The amount of contingent interest to be paid with respect to any quarterly period is equal to the higher of either 0.0315% of the 
bonds’ average market price during the specified measurement period or the amount of the common stock dividend paid during such 
quarterly period multiplied by the number of shares issuable upon conversion of a LYON. The Company paid approximately $1.1 
million of contingent interest on the LYONs for the year ended December 31, 2009. Except for the contingent interest described 
above, the Company will not pay interest on the LYONs prior to maturity.  

Shelf Registration Statement  

The Company has a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 on file with the SEC that registers an indeterminate amount of debt 
securities, common stock, preferred stock, warrants, depositary shares, purchase contracts and units for future issuance.  

Stock Repurchase Program  

On April 21, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 10 million shares of the Company’s 
common stock from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. There is no expiration date for the 
Company’s repurchase program. The timing and amount of any shares repurchased will be determined by the Company’s 
management based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The repurchase program may be suspended or 
discontinued at any time. Any repurchased shares will be available for use in connection with the Company’s equity compensation 
plans (including any successor plans) and for other corporate purposes.  

The Company did not repurchase any shares of Company common stock during 2009. During 2008, the Company repurchased 
1.38 million shares of Company common stock in open market transactions at a cost of $74 million. During 2007, the Company 
repurchased 1.64 million of shares of the Company common stock in open market transactions at a cost of $117 million. The 2008 
and 2007 repurchases were funded from available cash and from proceeds from the issuance of commercial paper. At December 31, 
2009, the Company had 1,977,566 shares remaining for stock repurchases under the existing Board authorization. The Company 
expects to fund any further repurchases using the Company’s available cash balances or proceeds from the issuance of commercial 
paper.  

Dividends  

During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company increased its regular quarterly dividend from $0.03 to $0.04 by declaring a dividend 
of $0.04 per share that was paid on January 26, 2010 to holders of record on December 31, 2009. Aggregate cash payments for 
dividends during 2009 were approximately $42 million.  

Cash and Cash Requirements  

The Company will continue to have cash requirements to support working capital needs, capital expenditures and acquisitions, to pay 
interest and service debt, fund its restructuring activities and pension plans as required, pay dividends to shareholders and repurchase 
shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company generally intends to use available cash and internally generated funds to meet 
these cash requirements and may borrow under existing commercial paper programs or the Credit Facilities or, subject to availability, 
access the capital markets as needed for liquidity. As of December 31, 2009, the Company held $1.7 billion of cash and cash 
equivalents that were invested in highly liquid investment grade debt instruments with a maturity of 90 days or less with an average 
weighted annual interest rate of 0.4%. Of this amount, approximately $1.5 billion was held outside the United States.  

The Company’s cash balances are generated and held in numerous locations throughout the world, including substantial amounts held 
outside the United States. The Company utilizes a variety of tax planning and financing strategies in an effort to ensure that its 
worldwide cash is available in the locations in which it is needed. Wherever possible, cash management is centralized and intra-
company financing is used to provide working capital to the Company’s operations. Most of the cash balances held outside the United 
States could be repatriated to the United States, but, under current law, would potentially be subject to United States federal income 
taxes, less applicable foreign tax credits.  

52 

  
The provisions of the U.S. Pension Protection Act of 2006, enacted in August 2006 changed the minimum funding requirements for 
the Company’s U.S. defined benefit pension plan beginning in 2009. During 2009, the Company voluntarily contributed $60 million 
to its U.S. defined benefit pension plan and approximately $34 million to its non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans. During 2010, the 
Company’s cash contribution requirements are expected to be approximately $24 million for its U.S. plan, however, the ultimate 
amounts to be contributed depend upon, among other things, underlying asset returns. The Company expects to contribute 
approximately $34 million in employer contributions and unfunded benefit payments to the non-U.S. plans in 2010.  

Contractual Obligations  

The following table sets forth, by period due or year of expected expiration, as applicable, a summary of the Company’s contractual 
obligations as of December 31, 2009 under (1) long-term debt obligations, (2) leases, (3) purchase obligations and (4) other long-term 
liabilities reflected on the Company’s balance sheet under GAAP. The amounts presented in the table below do not reflect $503 
million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, the timing of which is uncertain. Refer to Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements for additional information on unrecognized tax benefits.  

Debt & Leases: 

Long-Term Debt Obligations (a)(b)
Capital Lease Obligations (b) 

Total Long-Term Debt 
Interest Payments on Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations (c)
Operating Lease Obligations (d) 
Other: 
Purchase Obligations (e) 
Other Long-Term Liabilities Reflected on the Company’s Balance Sheet Under 

GAAP (f) 

Total 

Total

Less Than
One Year   

1-3 
Years   
($ in millions)

3-5 Years   

More Than
5 Years

   $2,906.0   $

27.2  
2,933.2  
827.7  
375.7  

42.9   $190.5   $ 777.4   $ 1,895.2
19.3
1,914.5
451.0
56.4

3.0  
  193.5  
  150.4  
  136.7  

3.6  
781.0  
149.1  
67.3  

1.3  
44.2  
77.2  
115.3  

495.6  

477.7  

  16.5  

1.2  

0.2

1,705.1  

1,096.6
   $6,337.3   $ 714.4   $823.1   $1,281.1   $ 3,518.7

  326.0  

282.5  

—    

(a) As described in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 
(b) Amounts do not include interest payments. Interest on long-term debt and capital lease obligations is reflected in a separate line 

(c)

in the table. 
Interest payments on long-term debt are projected for future periods using the interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2009. 
Certain of these projected interest payments may differ in the future based on changes in market interest rates. 

(d) As described in Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, certain leases require us to pay real estate taxes, insurance, 
maintenance and other operating expenses associated with the leased premises. These future costs are not included in the 
schedule above. 

(f)

(e) Consist of agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on the Company and that specify 
all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and 
the approximate timing of the transaction. 
Primarily consist of obligations under product service and warranty policies and allowances, performance and operating cost 
guarantees, estimated environmental remediation costs, self-insurance and litigation claims, post-retirement benefits, certain 
pension obligations, deferred tax liabilities (excluding unrecognized tax benefits) and deferred compensation obligations. The 
timing of cash flows associated with these obligations are based upon management’s estimates over the terms of these 
arrangements and are largely based upon historical experience. 

53 

  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

The following table sets forth, by period due or year of expected expiration, as applicable, a summary of off-balance sheet 
commercial commitments of the Company.  

Standby Letters of Credit and Performance Bonds 
Guarantees 
Total 

Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period

Total Amounts
Committed   

Less Than
One Year   

1-3 Years  

4-5 Years  

($ in millions)

$

$

291.6  
47.8  
339.4  

$ 139.0  
28.2  
$ 167.2  

$ 86.9  
5.8  
$ 92.7  

$ 15.8  
2.4  
$ 18.2  

More
Than
5 Years

$ 49.9
11.4
$ 61.3

Standby letters of credit and performance bonds are generally issued to secure the Company’s obligations under short-term contracts 
to purchase raw materials and components and for performance under specific sales agreements. Guarantees are generally issued in 
connection with certain transactions with vendors, suppliers, and financing counterparties and governmental entities.  

Other Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

The Company has from time to time divested certain of its businesses and assets. In connection with these divestitures, the Company 
often provides representations, warranties and/or indemnities to cover various risks and unknown liabilities, such as claims for 
damages arising out of the use of products or relating to intellectual property matters, commercial disputes, environmental matters or 
tax matters. The Company cannot estimate the potential liability from such representations, warranties and indemnities because they 
relate to unknown conditions and has not included any such items in the table above, but does not believe that any such liability will 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity. In addition, as a result of these 
divestitures, as well as restructuring activities, certain properties leased by the Company have been sublet to third parties. In the event 
any of these third parties vacates any of these premises, the Company would be legally obligated under master lease arrangements. 
The Company believes that the financial risk of default by such sub-lessors is individually and in the aggregate not material to the 
Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity.  

In the normal course of business, the Company periodically enters into agreements that require it to indemnify customers or suppliers 
for specific risks, such as claims for injury or property damage arising out of the Company’s products or claims alleging that 
Company products infringe third-party intellectual property. The Company cannot estimate its maximum exposure under these 
indemnification provisions and has not accrued any liabilities in its consolidated financial statements or included any indemnification 
provisions in our contractual commitments table above. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant losses on these 
types of indemnification obligations.  

The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation requires it to indemnify to the full extent authorized or permitted by law any person 
made, or threatened to be made a party to any action or proceeding by reason of his or her service as a director or officer of the 
Company, or by reason of serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of any other entity, subject to limited 
exceptions. Danaher’s Amended and Restated By-laws provide for similar indemnification rights. In addition, Danaher has executed 
with each of its directors and executive officers an indemnification agreement which provides for substantially similar 
indemnification rights and under which Danaher has agreed to pay expenses in advance of the final disposition of any such 
indemnifiable proceeding. While the Company maintains insurance for this type of liability, a significant deductible applies to this 
coverage and any such liability could exceed the amount of the insurance coverage.  

54 

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Legal Proceedings  

Please refer to Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report for information regarding certain 
litigation matters.  

In addition to the litigation matters noted under “Item 1. Business – Regulatory Matters – Environmental, Health & Safety,” the 
Company is, from time to time, subject to a variety of litigation and similar proceedings incidental to its business. These lawsuits 
primarily involve claims for damages arising out of the use of the Company’s products and services and claims relating to intellectual 
property matters, employment matters, tax matters, commercial disputes, competition and sales and trading practices, personal injury, 
insurance coverage and acquisition related matters. The Company may also become subject to lawsuits as a result of past or future 
acquisitions or as a result of liabilities retained from, or representations, warranties or indemnities provided in connection with, 
divested businesses. Some of these lawsuits may include claims for punitive and consequential, as well as compensatory damages. 
Based upon the Company’s experience, current information and applicable law, it does not believe that these proceedings and claims 
will have a material adverse effect on its cash flows, financial position or results of operations.  

While the Company maintains workers’ compensation, property, cargo, automobile, aviation, crime, fiduciary, product, general 
liability, and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (and has acquired rights under similar policies in connection with certain 
acquisitions) that it believes cover a portion of these claims, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable to cover such losses. In 
addition, while the Company believes it is entitled to indemnification from third parties for some of these claims, these rights may 
also be insufficient or unavailable to cover such losses. The Company maintains third party insurance policies up to certain limits to 
cover certain liability costs in excess of predetermined retained amounts. For general liability risk (which includes product liability) 
and most other insured risks, the Company purchases outside insurance coverage only for severe losses (“stop loss” insurance) and 
must establish and maintain reserves with respect to amounts within the self-insured retention.  

The Company recognizes a liability for any contingency that is probable of occurrence and reasonably estimable. The Company 
periodically assesses the likelihood of adverse judgments or outcomes for these matters, as well as potential amounts or ranges of 
probable losses, and if appropriate, recognizes a reserve for these contingencies. These reserves consist of specific reserves for 
individual claims and additional amounts for anticipated developments of these claims as well as for incurred but not yet reported 
claims. The specific reserves for individual known claims are quantified with the assistance of legal counsel and outside risk 
insurance professionals where appropriate. In addition, outside risk insurance professionals assist in the determination of reserves for 
incurred but not yet reported claims through evaluation of the Company’s specific loss history, actual claims reported, and industry 
trends among statistical and other factors. Reserve estimates are adjusted as additional information regarding a claim becomes known. 
While the Company actively pursues financial recoveries from insurance providers, it does not recognize any recoveries until realized 
or until such time as a sustained pattern of collections is established related to historical matters of a similar nature and magnitude. 
The Company believes the liability recorded for such risk insurance reserves as of December 31, 2009 is adequate, but due to 
judgments inherent in the reserve process it is possible the ultimate costs will differ from this estimate. If the risk insurance reserves 
established are inadequate, the Company would be required to incur an expense equal to the amount of the loss incurred in excess of 
the reserves, which would adversely affect the Company’s net earnings. Please see Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for information about the amount of our accruals for self-insurance and litigation liability.  

For a discussion of additional risks related to existing and potential legal proceedings, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”  

55 

  
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Management’s discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations are based upon the Company’s 
Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the 
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Company 
bases these estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable 
under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates and judgments.  

The Company believes the following accounting policies are most critical to an understanding of its financial statements because they 
inherently involve significant judgments and uncertainties. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting 
policies, refer to Note 1 in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Accounts receivable. The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the 
Company’s customers to make required payments. The Company estimates its anticipated losses from doubtful accounts based on 
historical collection history as well as by specifically reserving for known doubtful accounts. Estimating losses from doubtful 
accounts is inherently uncertain because the amount of such losses depends substantially on the financial condition of the Company’s 
customers, and the Company typically has limited visibility as to the specific financial state of its customers. The uncertain conditions 
in the global economy and credit markets have heightened the uncertainties related to customers’ ability to pay. If the financial 
condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate beyond estimates, and impair their ability to make payments, the Company 
would be required to write off additional accounts receivable balances, which would adversely impact the Company’s net earnings 
and financial condition.  

Inventories. The Company records inventory at the lower of cost or market value. The Company estimates the market value of its 
inventory based on assumptions for future demand and related pricing. Estimating the market value of inventory is inherently 
uncertain because levels of demand, technological advances and pricing competition in many of the Company’s markets can fluctuate 
significantly from period to period due to circumstances beyond the Company’s control. As a result, such fluctuations can be difficult 
to predict. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, the Company could be required to 
reduce the value of its inventory, which would adversely impact the Company’s net earnings and financial condition.  

Acquired intangibles. The Company’s business acquisitions typically result in the recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets, 
which affect the amount of future period amortization expense and possible impairment charges that the Company may incur. In 
accordance with accounting standards related to business combinations, goodwill amortization ceased effective January 1, 2002, 
however, amortization of certain identifiable intangible assets, primarily consisting of customer relationships and acquired 
technology, continues over the estimated useful lives of the identified asset. The Company is required, on at least an annual basis (the 
first day of the Company’s fiscal fourth quarter), to calculate the fair value of each of its reporting units and compare the calculated 
fair value of each reporting unit to the carrying value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its 
carrying value, this is an impairment indicator which necessitates additional analysis to determine if the reporting unit’s goodwill has 
been impaired. If circumstances or events occur prior to the date of the required annual assessment that indicate the potential 
diminution of fair value of a reporting unit, the Company performs an impairment analysis at the time of such change in circumstance 
or event. The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units primarily using a market based approach. The Company 
estimates fair value based on EBITDA multiples determined by current trading market multiples of earnings for companies operating 
in businesses similar to each of the Company’s reporting units in addition to market available precedent transactions of comparable 
businesses. In evaluating the estimates derived by the market based approach, management assesses the relevance and reliability of 
the multiples by considering factors unique to its reporting units, including recent operating results, business plans, economic 
projections, anticipated future cash flows, and other market data. The Company also estimates fair value utilizing a discounted cash 
flow analysis (i.e., an income approach) in order to validate the results of the market approach in certain circumstances. Once 
completed, the results of the income and market approaches are reconciled and compared. The discounted cash flow model requires 
judgmental assumptions about projected revenue growth,  

56 

  
future operating margins, discount rates and terminal values. There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions and 
management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. While the Company believes it has made 
reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of its reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If 
actual results are not consistent with management’s estimates and assumptions, goodwill and other intangible assets may be 
overstated and a charge would need to be taken against net earnings.  

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had 27 reporting units for goodwill impairment testing. The carrying value of the goodwill 
included in the Company’s individual reporting units ranges from approximately $5 million to approximately $2 billion. The 
Company’s annual goodwill impairment analysis in 2009 indicated that in all instances, the fair value of the Company’s reporting 
units exceeded their carrying values and consequently did not result in an impairment charge. The excess of the estimated fair value 
over carrying value (expressed as a percentage of carrying value for the respective reporting unit) for each of the Company’s 
reporting units as of the first day of the Company’s fiscal fourth quarter, the annual testing date, ranged from approximately 3% to 
approximately 529%.  

In order to evaluate the sensitivity of the fair value calculations used in the goodwill impairment test, the Company applied a 
hypothetical 10% decrease to the fair values of each reporting unit and compared those values to the reporting unit carrying values. 
Based on this sensitivity analysis, the Company identified three reporting units, with an aggregate $2.6 billion carrying value of 
goodwill, that have a reporting unit carrying value that would exceed fair value if the fair value of those reporting units decreased 
10%. On an aggregate basis, the excess of the estimated fair value over carrying value (expressed as a percentage of carrying value 
for the respective reporting unit) for these three reporting units is 6.5%. The application of the hypothetical 10% decrease in fair value 
for these three reporting units would result in an aggregate shortfall in fair value of 3.8% as compared to the aggregate carrying value 
of these three reporting units.  

Long-lived assets. The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparing the 
carrying amount of the assets to the future net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets were impaired, the 
Company would be required to recognize a charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds their fair value. 
In determining the fair value of long-lived assets, the Company makes judgments relating to the expected useful lives of long-lived 
assets and its ability to realize any undiscounted cash flows in excess of the carrying amounts of such assets. Factors that impact these 
judgments include the ongoing maintenance and improvements of the assets, changes in the expected use of the assets, changes in 
economic conditions, changes in operating performance and anticipated future cash flows. If actual fair value is less than the 
Company’s estimates, long-lived assets may be overstated on the balance sheet and the Company would need to take a charge against 
net earnings.  

Contingent Liabilities. As discussed above under “—Legal Proceedings”, the Company is, from time to time, subject to a variety of 
litigation and similar contingent liabilities incidental to its business. The Company recognizes a liability for any contingency that is 
probable of occurrence and reasonably estimable. These assessments require judgments concerning matters such as the anticipated 
outcome of negotiations, the number and cost of pending and future claims, and the impact of evidentiary requirements. In addition, 
because most contingencies are resolved over long periods of time, liability estimates may change in the future due to new 
developments or changes in the Company’s settlement strategy. If the reserves established by the Company with respect to these 
contingent liabilities are inadequate, the Company would be required to incur an expense equal to the amount of the loss incurred in 
excess of the reserves, which would adversely affect the Company’s net earnings.  

Revenue Recognition: The Company derives revenues primarily from the sale of products and services. For revenue related to a 
product or service to qualify for recognition, there must be persuasive evidence of a sale, delivery must have occurred or the services 
must have been rendered, the price to the customer must be fixed and determinable and collectibility of the balance must be 
reasonably assured. The Company’s standard terms of sale are FOB Shipping Point and, as such, the Company principally records 
revenue for product sales upon shipment. If any significant obligations to the customer with respect to such sale remain to be fulfilled 
following shipment, typically involving obligations relating to installation and acceptance by the buyer, revenue recognition is 
deferred until such obligations have been fulfilled. Product returns consist of estimated returns for products sold and are recorded as a 
reduction in reported revenues at the time of sale. Customer allowances and rebates, consisting primarily of volume discounts and  

57 

  
other short-term incentive programs, are recorded as a reduction in reported revenues at the time of sale because these allowances 
reflect a reduction in the purchase price. Product returns, customer allowances and rebates are estimated based on historical 
experience and known trends. Revenue related to separately priced extended warranty and product maintenance agreements is 
recognized as revenue over the term of the agreement.  

Revenues for contractual arrangements consisting of multiple elements (i.e., deliverables) are recognized for the separate elements 
when the product or services have value on a stand-alone basis, fair value of the separate elements exists (or in the case of software 
related products, vendor specific objective evidence of fair value) and, in arrangements that include a general right of refund relative 
to the delivered element, performance of the undelivered element is considered probable and substantially in the Company’s control. 
While determining fair value and identifying separate elements requires judgment, generally fair value and the separate elements are 
identifiable as those elements are also sold unaccompanied by other elements.  

Share-Based Compensation: The Company accounts for share-based compensation by measuring the cost of employee services 
received in exchange for all equity awards granted, including stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and restricted shares, 
based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. Equity-based compensation expense is recognized net of an estimated 
forfeiture rate on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. In the case of performance based share-based 
awards, compensation expense is recognized on an accelerated attribution method.  

Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards require the input of 
subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the awards and stock price volatility. The assumptions used in calculating the 
fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties 
and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our equity-based 
compensation expense could be materially different in the future. In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate 
and recognize expense only for those shares expected to vest. If our actual forfeiture rate is materially different from our estimate, the 
equity-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what we have recorded in the current period.  

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits: Certain of the Company’s employees and retired employees are covered by defined 
benefit pension plans (pension plans) and certain eligible retirees are entitled to health care and life insurance benefits under 
postretirement benefit plans (postretirement plans). The Company measures its pension and post retirement plans’ assets and 
obligations as of the end of each year to determine the funded status of each plan. The Company recognizes an asset for a plan’s 
overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status in its statement of financial position. Changes in the funded status of 
the plans are recognized in the year in which the changes occur and are reported in comprehensive income. Accounting standards 
require that the amounts the Company records, including the expense or income, associated with the pension and postretirement plans 
be computed using actuarial valuations.  

Calculations of the amount of pension and other postretirement benefit costs and obligations depend on the assumptions used in the 
actuarial valuations including assumptions relating to financial market and other economic conditions. The assumptions used in the 
actuarial valuation include discount rates, expected return on plan assets, rate of salary increases, health care cost trend rates, 
mortality rates, and other factors. Changes in key economic indicators can result in changes in the assumptions used by the Company. 
While the Company believes that the assumptions used in calculating its pension and other postretirement benefits costs and 
obligations are appropriate, differences in actual experience or changes in the assumptions may affect the Company’s financial 
position or results of operations. For the U.S. plan, the Company used a 5.75% discount rate in computing the amount of the 
minimum pension liability to be recorded at December 31, 2009, which represents a decrease of 50 basis points in the discount rate 
from December 31, 2008. For non-U.S. plans, rates appropriate for each plan are determined based on investment grade instruments 
with maturities approximately equal to the average expected benefit payout under the plan. A 25 basis point reduction in the discount 
rate used for the plans would have increased the U.S. and non-U.S. net obligation by $54 million ($37 million on an after tax basis) 
from the amount recorded in the financial statements at December 31, 2009.  

For 2009, the expected long-term rate of return assumption applicable to assets held in the United States plan was estimated at 8% 
which is the same as the rate used in 2008. This expected rate of return reflects the asset allocation  

58 

  
of the plan and the expected long-term returns on equity and debt investments included in plan assets. The U.S. plan targets to invest 
between 60% and 70% of its assets in equity portfolios which are invested in funds that are expected to mirror broad market returns 
for equity securities or in assets with characteristics similar to equity investments. The balance of the asset portfolio is generally 
invested in corporate bonds and bond index funds. Pension expense for the U.S. plan for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $3 
million (or $2 million on an after-tax basis), compared with pension benefit of $5 million (or $3 million on an after-tax basis) for this 
plan in 2008. If the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was reduced by 0.5%, pension expense for 2009 would have 
increased $5 million (or $3 million on an after-tax basis). The Company made a voluntary contribution of $60 million to the U.S. plan 
in 2009. The Company’s non-U.S. plan assets are comprised of various insurance contracts, equity and debt securities as determined 
by the administrator of each plan. The estimated long-term rate of return for the non-U.S. plans was determined on a plan by plan 
basis based on the nature of the plan assets and ranged from 0.75% to 8.0% for 2009 and ranged from 1.5% to 8.25% for 2008.  

For a discussion of the Company’s 2009 and anticipated 2010 defined benefit pension plan contributions, please see “Liquidity and 
Capital Resources —Cash and Cash Requirements”.  

New Accounting Standards  

In December 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2010-02, “Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in 
Ownership of a Subsidiary – a Scope Clarification.” The update revises the accounting requirements for decreases in ownership of a 
subsidiary that were originally contained in FASB Statement No. 160 on non-controlling interests (currently codified in Accounting 
Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 810, Consolidation). The revised decrease in ownership provisions require an entity that ceases 
to have a controlling interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business to recognize a gain or loss on the transaction and 
include an amount for the remeasurement of any retained investment to fair value. A decrease in ownership that does not result in a 
loss of control is accounted for as an equity transaction with no gain or loss recognized for the difference between the carrying 
amount of the portion of the subsidiary or group of assets that is sold and consideration received from the buyer. The update is 
effective from the effective date of FASB Statement No. 160, which was January 1, 2009 for the Company. The adoption of the ASU 
did not have a material impact to the Company, however, the requirements of this update will be required to be applied to any future 
transactions that results in a decreases in ownership of businesses owned by the Company.  

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.” This ASU establishes the 
accounting and reporting guidance for arrangements including multiple revenue-generating activities and provides amendments to the 
criteria for separating deliverables and measuring and allocating arrangement consideration to one or more units of accounting. The 
amendments also establish a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable. Significantly enhanced 
disclosures are also required to provide information about a vendor’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements, including 
information about the nature and terms, significant deliverables, and its performance within arrangements. The amendments also 
require providing information about the significant judgments made and changes to those judgments and about how the application of 
the relative selling-price method affects the timing or amount of revenue recognition. The new ASU requirements are effective for 
fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2010, which is the Company’s 2011 fiscal year. Early adoption of the standard is permitted and 
various options for prospective or retroactive adoption are available. The Company is currently in the process of reviewing and 
evaluating the impact of these new requirements.  

Concurrent with the issuance of ASU No. 2009-13, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-14, “Certain Revenue Arrangements That 
Include Software Elements.” This ASU changes the accounting model for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products 
and software elements that are “essential to the functionality,” and scopes these products out of current software revenue guidance. 
The new guidance includes factors to help companies determine what software elements are considered “essential to the 
functionality.” The amendments will now subject software-enabled products to other revenue guidance and disclosure requirements, 
such as guidance surrounding revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. The amendments in this ASU are effective 
prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in the fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, 
which is the Company’s 2011 fiscal year. Early adoption of the standard is permitted and various options for prospective or 
retroactive adoption are available. The Company is in the process of reviewing and evaluating the impact of these new requirements.  

59 

  
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

The information required by this item is included under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations.”  

60 

  
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Report of Management on Danaher Corporation’s Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting 
for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2009. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework”. Based on this 
assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2009, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is 
effective.  

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting. This report dated February 24, 2010 appears on page 62 of this Form 10-K.  

61 

  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Danaher Corporation:  
We have audited Danaher Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on 
criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Danaher Corporation and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining 
effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Danaher Corporation’s Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over 
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over 
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of 
internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to 
the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material 
effect on the financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, Danaher Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the COSO criteria.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
consolidated balance sheets of Danaher Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated 
statements of earnings, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 and our 
report dated February 24, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP  

McLean, Virginia  
February 24, 2010  

62 

  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Danaher Corporation:  
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Danaher Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 
and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the 
period ended December 31, 2009. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These 
financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are 
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the 
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, 
as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
opinion.  

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of 
Danaher Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash 
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements 
taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.  

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for business 
combinations with the adoption of the guidance originally issued in FASB Statement No. 141(R), Business Combinations (codified in 
FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations) effective January 1, 2009. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial 
statements, in 2008, the Company adopted the measurement date provisions originally issued in FASB Statement No. 158, 
Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans (codified in FASB ASC Topic 715, 
Compensation - Retirement Benefits).  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Danaher 
Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated 
February 24, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP  

McLean, Virginia  
February 24, 2010  

63 

  
DANAHER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS  

Year Ended December 31 ($ in thousands, except per share data)  

Sales 
Operating costs and expenses: 

Cost of sales 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses
Other income 

Total operating expenses 

Operating profit 

Interest expense 
Interest income 

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Earnings from continuing operations 
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of income taxes 

Net earnings 

Earnings per share from continuing operations: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Earnings per share from discontinued operations: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Net earnings per share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Average common stock and common equivalent shares outstanding (in thousands):

Basic 
Diluted 

2009

2008

2007

   $11,184,938     $12,697,456     $11,025,917  

5,904,718    
3,190,211    
632,651    
(85,118)  
9,642,462    

  6,757,262    
  3,345,274    
725,443    
—      
  10,827,979    

  5,985,022  
  2,713,097  
601,424  
(14,335) 
  9,285,208  

1,542,476    

  1,869,477    

  1,740,709  

(122,656)  
5,034    

(130,174)  
10,004    

(109,702) 
6,092  

1,424,854    

  1,749,307    

  1,637,099  

(273,150)  

(431,676)  

(423,101) 

1,151,704    

  1,317,631    

  1,213,998  

—      

—      

155,906  

   $ 1,151,704     $ 1,317,631     $ 1,369,904  

   $
   $

3.59     $
3.46     $

4.13     $
3.95     $

—      
—      

—       $
—       $

   $
   $

3.59     $
3.46     $

4.13     $
3.95     $

3.90  
3.72  

0.50  
0.47  

4.40  
4.19  

320,765    
335,742    

319,361    
335,863    

311,225  
329,459  

See the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

64 

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
DANAHER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  

As of December 31 ($ and shares in thousands)  

ASSETS 
Current Assets: 

Cash and equivalents 
Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $133,103 and $120,730, 

respectively 

Inventories 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Total current assets 

Property, plant and equipment, net 
Other assets 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets, net 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Current Liabilities: 

Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt 
Trade accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Total current liabilities 

Other long-term liabilities 
Long-term debt 
Stockholders’ equity: 

Common stock - $0.01 par value, 1 billion shares authorized; 358,922 and 354,487 issued; 

322,735 and 318,380 outstanding, respectively 

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 

Total stockholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

2009

2008

   $ 1,721,920   $

392,854  

  1,916,831  
993,016  
588,861  
  5,220,628  

  1,894,585  
  1,142,309  
757,371  
  4,187,119  

  1,143,331  
758,035  
  9,817,923  
  2,655,503  

  1,108,653  
464,353  
  9,210,581  
  2,519,422  

   $19,595,420   $17,490,128  

   $

44,186   $

  1,051,487  
  1,665,287  
  2,760,960  

66,159  
  1,108,961  
  1,569,977  
  2,745,097  

  2,315,261  
  2,889,023  

  2,383,299  
  2,553,170  

3,589  
  2,074,501  
  9,205,142  
346,944  
  11,630,176  

3,544  
  1,812,963  
  8,095,155  
(103,100) 
  9,808,562  

   $19,595,420   $17,490,128  

See the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

65 

  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
DANAHER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

Year Ended December 31 ($ in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net earnings 

Less: earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net earnings from continuing operations 
Non-cash items, net of the effect of discontinued operations:

Depreciation 
Amortization 
Stock compensation expense
Consideration received in shares

Change in deferred income taxes
Change in trade accounts receivable, net 
Change in inventories 
Change in accounts payable 
Change in prepaid expenses and other assets 
Change in accrued expenses and other liabilities 

Total operating cash flows from continuing operations
Total operating cash flows used by discontinued operations

Net cash flows from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Payments for additions to property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment
Cash paid for acquisitions 
Cash paid for other investments 
Proceeds from divestitures, sale of investment and refundable escrowed 

purchase price 

Total investing cash flows from continuing operations
Total investing cash flows from discontinued operations

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock 
Payment of dividends 
Purchase of treasury stock 
Net (repayments) proceeds of borrowings (maturities of 90 days or less)
Proceeds of borrowings (maturities longer than 90 days)
Repayments of borrowings (maturities longer than 90 days)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents 

Net change in cash and equivalents 

Beginning balance of cash and equivalents
Ending balance of cash and equivalents

2009

2008

2007

   $1,151,704     $ 1,317,631     $ 1,369,904  
155,906  
  1,213,998  

—      
  1,317,631    

—      
1,151,704    

184,524    
157,063    
87,350    
(84,749)  
(154,098)  
106,132    
211,595    
(89,853)  
142,396    
88,770    
1,800,834    
—      
1,800,834    

193,997    
145,290    
86,000    
—      
27,691    
71,403    
33,119    
3,713    
(4,773)  
(15,042)  
  1,859,029    
—      
  1,859,029    

173,942  
94,550  
73,347  
—    
29,870  
(72,555) 
38,094  
103,800  
38,601  
5,661  
  1,699,308  
(53,533) 
  1,645,775  

(188,547)  
6,090    
(703,511)  
(66,768)  

9,795    
(942,941)  
—      
(942,941)  

(193,783)  
1,088    
(423,208)  
—      

(162,071) 
15,537  
  (3,576,562) 
(23,219) 

48,504    
(567,399)  
—      
(567,399)  

301,278  
  (3,445,037) 
(722) 
  (3,445,759) 

174,233    
(41,717)  
—      
(445,711)  
744,615    
(24,188)  
407,232    

82,430    
(38,259)  
(74,165)  
(905,567)  
72,652    
(259,344)  
  (1,122,253)  

733,028  
(34,275) 
(117,486) 
647,761  
493,705  
(10,563) 
  1,712,170  

63,941    
1,329,066    

(15,631)  
153,746    

9,112  
(78,702) 

392,854    
   $1,721,920     $

239,108    
392,854     $

317,810  
239,108  

See the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

66 

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DANAHER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  

($ and shares in thousands)  

Balance, January 1, 2007 

Cumulative impact of change in 

accounting for uncertainties in income 
taxes (see Note 14) 
Net earnings for the year 
Dividends declared 
Common stock issuance 
Common stock issued in connection with 

LYONs’ conversion 

Common stock based award activity 
(including 310 thousand restricted 
shares issued in connection with 
Tektronix acquisition) 

Treasury stock purchase (1.64 million 

shares) 

Increase from translation of foreign 

financial statements 

Unrecognized pension and postretirement 
plan costs (net of tax expense of $22 
million) 

Balance, December 31, 2007 

Cumulative impact of change in 
measurement date for post - 
employment benefit obligations, net of 
taxes (see Note 1) 
Net earnings for the year 
Dividends declared 
Common stock based award activity
Common stock issued in connection with 

LYON’s conversion 

Treasury stock purchase (1.38 million 

shares) 

Unrecognized pension and postretirement 
plan costs (net of tax benefit of $155 
million) 

Decrease from translation of foreign 

financial statements 
Balance, December 31, 2008 

Net earnings for the year 
Dividends declared 
Common stock based award activity
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale 

securities (net of tax expense of $29 
million) 

Unrecognized pension and postretirement 
plan costs (net of tax expense of $8 
million) 

Increase from translation of foreign 

financial statements 
Balance, December 31, 2009 

Common Stock

   Additional Paid-

Shares    Amount  

in Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)  

  Comprehensive

Income

   341,223   $3,412   $ 1,027,454  

$5,421,809     $

191,985    

—     —    
—     —    
—     —    
69  

6,900  

—      
—      
—      
550,433    

63,318    
1,369,904    
(34,275)  
—      

—      
—       $ 1,369,904  
—    
—      
—    
—      

49  

1  

2,487    

—      

—      

—    

4,436  

44  

255,828    

—     —    

(117,486) 

—      

—      

—      

—      

—    

—    

—    

  —    

—      

—      

305,758    

305,758  

—     —    

—      

—      

   352,608   $3,526   $ 1,718,716     $6,820,756     $

44,947    

44,947  
542,690     $ 1,720,609  

—     —    
—     —    
—     —    
18  

1,861  

—      
—      
—      
167,427    

(4,973)  
1,317,631    
(38,259)  
—      

978     $
—      
—      
—      

978  
  1,317,631  
—    
—    

18  

  —    

985    

—     —    

(74,165)  

—      

—      

—      

—      

—    

—    

—     —    

—    

  —    

—      

—      

   354,487   $3,544   $ 1,812,963     $8,095,155     $ (103,100)   $

—      

(359,520)  

(359,520) 
671,841  

—      

(287,248)  

(287,248) 

—     —    
—     —    
45  

4,435  

—      
—      
261,538    

1,151,704    
(41,717)  
—      

—      
—      
—      

  1,151,704  
—    
—    

—    

  —    

—      

—      

54,342    

54,342  

—     —    

—     —    

—      

—      

—      

—      

   358,922   $3,589   $ 2,074,501     $9,205,142     $

22,469    

22,469  

373,233    
373,233  
346,944     $ 1,601,748  

See the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.                                                      67  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: 

Business—Danaher Corporation designs, manufactures and markets professional, medical, industrial, commercial and consumer 
products and services which are typically characterized by strong brand names, proprietary technology and major market positions in 
four business segments: Professional Instrumentation, Medical Technologies, Industrial Technologies and Tools & Components. 
Businesses in the Professional Instrumentation segment offer professional and technical customers various products and services that 
are used to enable or enhance the performance of their work. The Professional Instrumentation segment encompasses two strategic 
lines of business - environmental and test and measurement. These businesses produce and sell bench top and compact, professional 
electronic test tools and calibration equipment, a variety of video test and monitoring products, network management solutions, 
network diagnostic equipment and related services; water quality instrumentation and consumables and ultraviolet disinfection 
systems; industrial water treatment solutions; and retail/commercial petroleum products and services, including underground storage 
tank leak detection and vapor recovery systems. The Medical Technologies segment consists of businesses that offer clinical and 
research medical professionals various products and services that are used in connection with the performance of their work. The 
Medical Technologies segment encompasses the acute care diagnostic, life science and diagnostics, and dental businesses. Businesses 
in the Industrial Technologies segment manufacture products and sub-systems that are typically incorporated by customers and 
systems integrators into production and packaging lines as well as incorporated by original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) into 
various end-products. Many of the businesses also provide services to support their products, including helping customers integrate 
and install the products and helping ensure product uptime. The Industrial Technologies segment encompasses two strategic lines of 
business - product identification and motion, and two focused niche businesses, aerospace and defense and sensors & controls. These 
businesses produce and sell product identification equipment and consumables; precision motion control equipment; monitoring, 
sensing and control devices; and aerospace safety devices and defense articles. The Tools & Components segment is one of the 
largest producers and distributors of general purpose and specialty mechanics’ hand tools. Other products manufactured by the 
businesses in this segment include toolboxes and storage devices; diesel engine retarders; wheel service equipment and drill chucks.  

Accounting Principles—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All 
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.  

Use of Estimates—The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues 
and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Company bases these estimates on historical experience, 
the current economic environment and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 
However, uncertainties associated with these estimates exist and actual results may differ from these estimates. For example, if one or 
more of our significant customers, or a group of less significant customers, becomes insolvent, the Company may be faced with 
uncollectible accounts receivable in excess of established reserves, preference actions that could require us to repay to the bankruptcy 
estate payments recently received from such customers and increased obsolete inventory and/or impairment of long-lived assets due 
to underutilized manufacturing capacity which could require the write-down of the carrying value of these assets.  

Cash and Equivalents—The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of 
purchase to be cash equivalents.  

Inventory Valuation—Inventories include the costs of material, labor and overhead. Depending on the business, domestic inventories 
are stated at either the lower of cost or market using the last-in, first-out method (LIFO) or the lower of cost or market using the first-
in, first-out (FIFO) method. Inventories held outside the United States are primarily stated at the lower of cost or market using the 
FIFO method.  

Property, Plant and Equipment—Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost. The provision for depreciation has been computed 
principally by the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives (3 to 35 years) of the depreciable assets.  

Other Assets—Other assets include principally noncurrent trade receivables, other investments, and capitalized costs associated with 
obtaining financings which are amortized over the term of the related debt.  

68 

  
Fair Value of Financial Instruments—For cash and equivalents, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. For long-
term debt, where quoted market prices are not available, rates available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used 
to estimate the fair value of existing debt.  

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets—Goodwill and other intangible assets result from the Company’s acquisition of existing 
businesses. In accordance with accounting standards related to business combinations, goodwill amortization ceased effective 
January 1, 2002, however, amortization of certain identifiable intangible assets, primarily comprising customer relationships and 
acquired technology, continues over the estimated useful lives of the identified asset. Refer to Notes 2 and 6 for additional 
information.  

Revenue Recognition—As described above, the Company derives revenues primarily from the sale of professional, medical, 
industrial, commercial and consumer products and services. For revenue related to a product or service to qualify for recognition, 
there must be persuasive evidence of a sale, delivery must have occurred or the services must have been rendered, the price to the 
customer must be fixed and determinable and collectibility of the balance must be reasonably assured. The Company’s standard terms 
of sale are FOB Shipping Point and, as such, the Company principally records revenue for product sales upon shipment. If any 
significant obligations to the customer with respect to such sale remain to be fulfilled following shipment, typically involving 
obligations relating to installation and acceptance by the buyer, revenue recognition is deferred until such obligations have been 
fulfilled. Product returns consist of estimated returns for products sold and are recorded as a reduction in reported revenues at the time 
of sale. Customer allowances and rebates, consisting primarily of volume discounts and other short-term incentive programs, are 
recorded as a reduction in reported revenues at the time of sale because these allowances reflect a reduction in the purchase price. 
Product returns, customer allowances and rebates are estimated based on historical experience and known trends. Revenue related to 
separately priced extended warranty and product maintenance agreements is recognized as revenue over the term of the agreement.  

Revenues for contractual arrangements consisting of multiple elements (i.e., deliverables) are recognized for the separate elements 
when the product or services that are part of the multiple element arrangement have value on a stand-alone basis, fair value of the 
separate elements exists (or in the case of software related products, vendor specific objective evidence of fair value) and, in 
arrangements that include a general right of refund relative to the delivered element, performance of the undelivered element is 
considered probable and substantially in the Company’s control. While determining fair value and identifying separate elements 
requires judgment, generally the fair value of each separate element is identifiable as the elements are also sold unaccompanied by 
other elements.  

Shipping and Handling—Shipping and handling costs are included as a component of cost of sales. Shipping and handling costs 
billed to customers are included in sales.  

Research and Development—The Company conducts research and development activities for the purpose of developing new 
products, enhancing the functionality, effectiveness, ease of use and reliability of the Company’s existing products and expanding the 
applications for which uses of the Company’s products are appropriate. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.  

Income Taxes— Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax 
basis of assets and liabilities using enacted rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the differences reverse. The effect 
on deferred tax assets and liabilities due to a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the 
enactment date. A tax benefit or expense is recognized for the net change in the deferred tax asset or liability during the year and the 
current tax liability for the year. The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a 
tax position only when, based upon the technical merits, it is “more-likely-than-not” that the position will be sustained upon 
examination. The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions within its 
global operations in income tax expense. Refer to Note 14 for additional information.  

Restructuring— The Company periodically initiates restructuring activities to appropriately position the Company’s cost base for 
prevailing economic conditions and associated customer demand. Costs associated with restructuring actions can include one-time 
termination benefits and related charges in addition to facility closure, contract termination and other related activities. The Company 
records the cost of the restructuring activities when the associated liability is incurred. Refer to Note 17 for additional information.  

69 

  
Foreign Currency Translation—Exchange rate adjustments resulting from foreign currency transactions are recognized in net 
earnings, whereas adjustments resulting from the translation of financial statements are reflected as a component of accumulated other 
comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity. Net foreign currency transaction gains or losses were not material in any of the 
years presented.  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)—The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of 
December 31 are summarized below. Foreign currency translation adjustments are generally not adjusted for income taxes as they 
relate to indefinite investments in non-US subsidiaries ($ in millions).  

Foreign currency translation adjustment 
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of income tax
Unrecognized pension and post-retirement costs, net of income tax

2009
$ 610.7    
54.3    
(318.1)  
$ 346.9  

2008
$ 237.5    
  —      
  (340.6)  
$(103.1)  

2007  
$597.0  
  —    
  (54.3) 
$542.7  

See Notes 10 and 11 for additional information related to the unrecognized pension and post-retirement cost components of 
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).  

Accounting for Stock Options—The Company accounts for stock-based compensation by measuring the cost of employee services 
received in exchange for all equity awards granted, including stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and restricted shares, 
based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. Equity-based compensation expense is recognized net of an estimated 
forfeiture rate on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. In the case of performance based share-based 
awards, compensation expense is recognized on an accelerated attribution method.  

Pension & Post Retirement Benefit Plans—The Company measures its pension and post retirement plans’ assets and its obligations 
that determine the respective plan’s funded status as of the end of the Company’s fiscal year, and recognizes an asset for a plan’s over 
funded status or a liability for a plan’s under funded status in its statement of financial position. Changes in the funded status of the 
plans are recognized in the year in which the changes occur and reported in comprehensive income (loss).  

The accounting standard requiring the Company to measure the plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the Company’s 
fiscal year end in the statement of financial position was effective and adopted by the Company as of the year ended December 31, 
2008. Prior to measuring the plan assets and benefit obligations as of December 31 as required by the new accounting standard, the 
majority of the Company’s pension and postretirement plans used a September 30 measurement date. The adoption of the 
December 31 measurement date increased long-term liabilities by approximately $6 million and decreased stockholders’ equity by 
approximately $4 million on the date of adoption. There was no effect on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows.  

Subsequent Events—The Company has evaluated subsequent events through February 24, 2010 for recording or disclosure in these 
financial statements.  

(2) ACQUISITIONS:  
Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the provisions of revised business combination accounting standards that establish 
principles and requirements for how the Company recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, 
the liabilities assumed, any resulting goodwill and any noncontrolling interest in the acquired business. The revised standard requires 
the Company to record fair value estimates of contingent consideration and certain other contingent assets and liabilities during the 
original purchase price allocation, expense  

70 

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
acquisition costs as incurred, and does not permit restructuring activities to be recorded as a component of purchase price as was 
required under prior business combination accounting standards. The revised business combination accounting standard is applicable 
to all acquisitions completed after December 31, 2008.  

The Company continually evaluates potential acquisitions that either strategically fit with the Company’s existing portfolio or expand 
the Company’s portfolio into a new and attractive business area. The Company has completed a number of acquisitions during the 
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. All of these acquisitions have been accounted for as purchases and have resulted in 
the recognition of goodwill in the Company’s financial statements. This goodwill arises because the purchase prices for these 
businesses reflect a number of factors including the future earnings and cash flow potential of these businesses; the multiple to 
earnings, cash flow and other factors at which similar businesses have been purchased by other acquirers; the competitive nature of 
the process by which the Company acquired the business; and the complementary strategic fit and resulting synergies these businesses 
bring to existing operations.  

The Company makes an initial allocation of the purchase price at the date of acquisition based upon its understanding of the fair value 
of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The Company obtains this information during due diligence and through other sources. 
In the months after closing, as the Company obtains additional information about these assets and liabilities, including through 
tangible and intangible asset appraisals, and learns more about the newly acquired business, it is able to refine the estimates of fair 
value and more accurately allocate the purchase price. Only items identified as of the acquisition date are considered for subsequent 
adjustment. The Company is continuing to evaluate certain pre-acquisition contingencies associated with certain of its 2009 
acquisitions and is also in the process of obtaining valuations of acquired intangible assets and certain acquisition related liabilities in 
connection with these acquisitions. The Company will make appropriate adjustments to the purchase price allocation prior to 
completion of the measurement period, as required.  

The following briefly describes the Company’s acquisition activity for the three years ended December 31, 2009.  

The Company acquired fifteen businesses during 2009 for consideration of approximately $704 million in cash, net of cash acquired. 
Each company acquired manufactures products and/or provides services in the test and measurement, environmental, product 
identification, dental and sensors and controls markets. These companies were acquired to complement existing units of the 
Professional Instrumentation, Medical Technologies and Industrial Technologies segments. The aggregate annual sales of these 
acquired businesses at the time of their respective acquisitions, in each case based on the company’s revenues for its latest completed 
fiscal year prior to the acquisition, were approximately $425 million. The Company recorded an aggregate of $423 million of 
goodwill related to these acquisitions reflecting the strategic fit and revenue and earnings growth potential of these businesses.  

The Company acquired seventeen businesses during 2008 for consideration of approximately $423 million in cash, including 
transaction costs and net of cash acquired and $8 million of debt assumed. Each company acquired manufactures products and/or 
provides services in the life sciences, dental, product identification, environmental or test and measurement markets. These companies 
were acquired to complement existing units of the Medical Technologies, Industrial Technologies or Professional Instrumentation 
segments. The aggregate annual sales of these seventeen acquired businesses at the time of their respective acquisitions, in each case 
based on the company’s revenues for its last completed fiscal year prior to the acquisition, were approximately $325 million. The 
Company recorded an aggregate of $265 million goodwill related to these acquisitions reflecting the strategic fit and revenue and 
earnings growth potential of these businesses.  

In November 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Tektronix, Inc. (Tektronix) for total cash consideration of 
approximately $2.8 billion including transaction costs and net of cash and debt acquired. The Company initially financed the 
acquisition of Tektronix through the issuance of commercial paper and available cash (including proceeds from the underwritten 
public offering of 6.9 million shares of Danaher common stock completed on November 2, 2007 – refer to Note 16). Subsequent to 
the acquisition, the Company issued $500 million of 5.625% senior notes due 2018 in an underwritten public offering (refer to Note 
9) and used the net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the commercial paper issued to finance the Tektronix acquisition. 
Tektronix is a leading supplier of test, measurement, and monitoring products, solutions and services for the communications, 
computer, consumer electronics, and education industries – as well as military/aerospace, semiconductor, and a broad range of other 
industries worldwide and had revenues of $1.1 billion in its most recent completed fiscal year prior to  

71 

  
the acquisition. Tektronix is part of the Company’s test and measurement business and its results are reported within the Professional 
Instrumentation segment. The $1.9 billion of goodwill recorded related to the acquisition of Tektronix arose primarily due to the 
strategic fit of Tektronix with existing operations, the worldwide leadership position of Tektronix in its served markets and the 
revenue and earnings growth potential of this business. In addition, the Company allocated $60.4 million of the purchase price to in-
process research and development reflecting the estimated fair value of this acquired intangible asset. This amount was immediately 
expensed in 2007.  

In July 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of ChemTreat, Inc. (ChemTreat) for a cash purchase price of $425 
million including transaction costs. No cash was acquired in the transaction. The Company financed the acquisition primarily with 
proceeds from the issuance of commercial paper and to a lesser extent from available cash. ChemTreat is a leading provider of 
industrial water treatment products and services, and had revenues of $200 million in its most recent completed fiscal year prior to the 
acquisition. ChemTreat is part of the Company’s environmental business and its results are reported within the Professional 
Instrumentation segment. The Company recorded $331 million of goodwill related to the acquisition of ChemTreat which arose 
primarily due to the expected revenue and earnings growth of this business.  

In addition to completing the acquisitions of Tektronix and ChemTreat, the Company acquired ten other companies or product lines 
during 2007. Total consideration for these ten acquisitions was approximately $273 million in cash, including transaction costs and 
net of cash acquired, and $4 million of debt assumed. Each company acquired manufactures products and/or provides services in the 
test and measurement, dental technologies, product identification, sensors and controls or environmental markets. These companies 
were all acquired to complement existing units of the Professional Instrumentation, Medical Technologies or Industrial Technologies 
segments. The aggregate annual sales of these ten acquired businesses at the time of their respective acquisitions, in each case based 
on the company’s revenues for its last completed fiscal year prior to the acquisition, were $123 million. The Company recorded an 
aggregate of $174 million of goodwill related to these acquisitions reflecting the strategic fit and revenue and earnings growth 
potential of these businesses.  

During the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company agreed to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Vision Systems Limited (Vision) 
for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $525 million, including transaction costs and net of $113 million of cash 
acquired, and assumed debt of $1.5 million. Of this purchase price, $96 million was paid during 2007 to acquire the remaining shares 
of Vision that the Company did not own as of December 31, 2006 and for transaction costs. The Company financed the transaction 
through a combination of available cash and the issuance of commercial paper. Vision, based in Australia, manufactures and markets 
automated instruments, antibodies and biochemical reagents used for biopsy-based detection of cancer and infectious diseases, and 
had revenues of $86 million in its most recent completed fiscal year prior to the acquisition. The Vision acquisition resulted in the 
recognition of goodwill of $432 million, of which $76 million was recorded in 2007. Goodwill associated with this acquisition 
primarily relates to Vision’s future revenue growth and earnings potential.  

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition for 
all acquisitions consummated during 2009, 2008 and 2007 ($ in thousands):  

Overall
Accounts receivable 
Inventory 
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets, primarily customer relationships, trade 

names and patents 

In-process research and development 
Refundable escrowed purchase price 
Accounts payable 
Other assets and liabilities, net
Assumed debt 
Net cash consideration 

2009
$ 70,578    
42,775    
39,034    
422,951    

  224,713    
906    
—      
(35,064)  
(62,101)  
(281)  
$703,511    

2008
$ 43,788    
56,370    
30,139    
264,557    

  88,668    
—      
—      
(16,112)  
(35,921)  
(8,281)  
$423,208    

2007
$ 200,199  
207,336  
202,203  
  2,455,473  

884,263  
60,400  
48,504  
(57,617) 
(420,418) 
(3,781) 
$3,576,562  

72 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition for 
each of the individually significant acquisitions in 2007 discussed above, and all of the other 2007 acquisitions as a group ($ in 
thousands):  

2007 Acquisitions  

Accounts receivable 
Inventory 
Property, plant and equipment 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets, primarily customer relationships, 

trade names and patents 

In-process research and development
Refundable escrowed purchase price
Accounts payable 
Other assets and liabilities, net 
Assumed debt 
Net cash consideration 

Tektronix  
$ 149,315    
181,753    
185,567    
1,874,578  

720,000    
60,400    
48,504    
(35,919)  
(401,308)  
—    
$2,782,890    

ChemTreat 
$ 33,982    
6,541    
10,655    
330,847  

72,000    
—      
—      
(11,468)  
(17,891)  
—    
$424,666    

All Others  
$ 16,902    
  19,042    
5,981    
  250,048    

  92,263    
—      
—      
  (10,230)  
(1,219)  
(3,781)  
$369,006    

Total
$ 200,199  
207,336  
202,203  
  2,455,473  

884,263  
60,400  
48,504  
(57,617) 
(420,418) 
(3,781) 
$3,576,562  

The unaudited pro forma information for the periods set forth below gives effect to the above noted acquisitions as if they had 
occurred at the beginning of the annual period presented. The pro forma information is presented for informational purposes only and 
is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved had the acquisitions been 
consummated as of that time (unaudited, $ in thousands except per share amounts):  

Net sales 
Net earnings 

Diluted earnings per share

2009

2008

$11,470,791  

$13,318,097

$ 1,154,704  

$ 1,319,928

$

3.47  

$

3.96

In connection with its acquisitions, the Company assesses and formulates a plan related to the future integration of the acquired entity. 
This process begins during the due diligence process and is concluded within twelve months of the acquisition. As a result of the new 
business combination accounting standards that became effective on January 1, 2009, all integration related costs, including 
workforce reduction and restructuring costs as well as facility closure and realignment costs, associated with acquisitions completed 
after December 31, 2008 are expensed as incurred. In addition, all legal, investment banking and other direct transaction costs 
associated with due diligence related to acquisitions pending and completed after December 31, 2008 are expensed as incurred under 
these new accounting standards. During 2009, in connection with pending or completed acquisitions, the Company has incurred $24 
million of pre-tax transaction related costs, primarily banking fees and amounts paid to third party advisers. In addition, the 
Company’s earnings for 2009 reflect the impact of pre-tax charges totaling $13 million associated with fair value adjustments to 
acquired inventory and acquired deferred revenue related to completed acquisitions.  

73 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
The previous business combination accounting standards that applied to all acquisitions completed prior to December 31, 2008 
required restructuring and transaction related costs to be accrued as a component of the purchase price allocation. Accrued liabilities 
for restructuring costs associated with transactions completed prior to December 31, 2008 include the following ($ in thousands, 
except headcount):  

Planned Headcount Reduction:
Balance, January 1, 2007 

Headcount related to 2007 acquisitions 
Adjustments to previously provided headcount estimates
Headcount reductions in 2007 

Balance, December 31, 2007

Headcount related to 2008 acquisitions 
Adjustments to previously provided headcount estimates
Headcount reductions in 2008 

Balance, December 31, 2008

Adjustments to previously provided headcount estimates
Headcount reductions in 2009 

Balance, December 31, 2009

Employee Termination Benefits:
Balance, January 1, 2007 

Accrual related to 2007 acquisitions 
Adjustments to previously provided reserves
Costs paid in 2007 
Balance, December 31, 2007

Accrual related to 2008 acquisitions 
Adjustments to previously provided reserves
Costs paid in 2008 
Balance, December 31, 2008

Adjustments to previously provided reserves
Costs paid in 2009 
Balance, December 31, 2009

Facility Closure and Restructuring Costs: 
Balance, January 1, 2007 

Accrual related to 2007 acquisitions 
Adjustments to previously provided reserves
Costs paid in 2007 
Balance, December 31, 2007

Accrual related to 2008 acquisitions 
Adjustments to previously provided reserves
Costs paid in 2008 
Balance, December 31, 2008

Adjustments to previously provided reserves
Costs paid in 2009 
Balance, December 31, 2009

Tektronix  

All Others  

Total

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
878    
(513)  
365    
—      
(365)  
  —      

$ —      
—      
—      
—      
—    
  —      
71,345    
(48,338)  
23,007  
(649)  
(20,895)  
$ 1,463    

$ —      
—      
—    
  —      
—      
—      
2,713  
(286)  
2,427    
(226)  
(1,316) 
885    

$

465    
61    
(133)  
(64)  
329    
81    
(231)  
(94)  
85    
25    
(110)  
  —      

$ 24,415    
1,181    
(2,224)  
(14,068)  
9,304    
3,812    
(6,193)  
(2,518)  
4,405    
(309)  
(2,514)  
$ 1,582    

$ 21,948    
521    
288    
(9,462)  
13,295    
1,282    
(4,053)  
(4,270)  
6,254    
2,442    
(4,369)  
$ 4,327    

465  
61  
(133) 
(64) 
329  
81  
647  
(607) 
450  
25  
(475) 
  —    

$ 24,415  
1,181  
(2,224) 
  (14,068) 
9,304  
3,812  
  65,152  
  (50,856) 
  27,412  
(958) 
  (23,409) 
$ 3,045  

$ 21,948  
521  
288  
(9,462) 
  13,295  
1,282  
(1,340) 
(4,556) 
8,681  
2,216  
(5,685) 
$ 5,212  

Adjustments to the restructuring accruals established in the initial purchase price allocation related to acquisitions completed prior to 
December 31, 2008 represent revisions to estimates made within twelve months of the acquisition date as restructuring plans are 
finalized. To the extent accruals recorded are not utilized for the intended purpose, the excess is recorded as a reduction of the 
purchase price, typically by reducing recorded goodwill balances. Costs incurred in excess of the recorded accruals are expensed as 
incurred. Employee termination, facility closure and restructuring costs are presented as a component of the Company’s accrued 
expenses in the accompanying balance sheet. Refer to Note 8.  

74 

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsequent Acquisition Activity  

Subsequent to December 31, 2009, the Company completed the previously announced acquisition of the Analytical Technologies 
division of MDS, which includes a 50% ownership position in the Applied Biosystems/MDS Sciex joint venture (“AB SCIEX”), a 
mass spectrometry business, and a 100% ownership position in the former Molecular Devices Corporation, a bioresearch and 
analytical instrumentation company. In a separate, but related transaction, the Company simultaneously completed the acquisition of 
the remaining 50% ownership position in AB SCIEX from Life Technologies Corporation. The aggregate cash purchase price for the 
combined transactions was approximately $1.1 billion, including debt assumed and net of cash acquired. The Company funded the 
purchase price for this transaction from available cash on hand.  

AB SCIEX and Molecular Devices Corporation will operate within the Company’s Medical Technologies segment, and are expected 
to increase the Medical Technologies segment’s annual revenues by approximately $650 million. The acquisition of AB SCIEX 
significantly expands the Company’s position in the life sciences and diagnostics business and in particular establishes a position in 
the mass spectrometry market. AB SCIEX is expected to provide additional sales and earnings growth opportunities in the 
Company’s Medical Technologies segment, both through the growth of existing products and services and through the potential 
acquisition of complementary businesses.  

(3) DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS  
In July 2007, the Company completed the sale of its power quality business for a sale price of $275 million in cash, net of transaction 
costs, and recorded an after-tax gain of $150 million ($0.45 per diluted share). The power quality business designs, makes and sells 
power quality and reliability products and services, and prior to the sale was part of the Company’s Industrial Technologies segment. 
The Company has reported the power quality business as a discontinued operation in this Form 10-K and accordingly, the results of 
operations for all periods presented have been reclassified to reflect the power quality business as a discontinued operation. The 
Company allocated a portion of the consolidated interest expense to discontinued operations.  

The key components of income from discontinued operations related to the power quality business for the year ended December 31, 
2007 were as follows ($ in thousands):  

Net sales 
Operating expense
Allocated interest expense 
Earnings before taxes
Income taxes 
Earnings from discontinued operations 
Gain on sale, net of $61,369 of related income taxes
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

2007
$ 81,141  
  72,239  
351  
8,551  
(2,279) 
6,272  
  149,634  
$155,906  

During 2009, the Company divested of five businesses or product lines for approximately $10 million of net cash proceeds. The 
divested businesses and product lines were part of the Industrial Technologies and Tools and Components segments. The Company 
recorded no significant gain or loss, either individually or in the aggregate, associated with these divestitures. The businesses divested 
by the Company have not been treated as discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements as the impact of these 
businesses to the Company’s results of operations, financial position, cash flows and segment information were not significant.  

75 

  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
(4) INVENTORY:  
The classes of inventory as of December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in thousands):  

Finished goods 
Work in process 
Raw material 

2009
$474,671  
179,461  
338,884  
$993,016  

2008
$ 543,996
211,353
386,960
$1,142,309

If the FIFO method had been used for inventories valued at LIFO cost, such inventories would have been $14 million and $24 million 
higher at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. During 2009, the Company recorded approximately $10 million of operating 
profit associated with the liquidation of LIFO inventory.  

(5) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:  
The classes of property, plant and equipment as of December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in thousands):  

Land and improvements
Buildings 
Machinery and equipment

Less accumulated depreciation 

$

2009
110,651    
725,670    
1,877,596    
2,713,917  
  (1,570,586)  
$ 1,143,331    

$

2008
106,472  
691,766  
  1,793,617  
  2,591,855  
  (1,483,202) 
$ 1,108,653  

(6) GOODWILL & OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS:  
As discussed in Note 2, goodwill arises from the purchase price for acquired businesses exceeding the fair value of tangible and 
intangible assets acquired. Management assesses goodwill for impairment for each of its reporting units at least annually at the 
beginning of the fourth quarter or as “triggering” events occur. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had 27 reporting units for 
goodwill impairment testing. The carrying value of the goodwill included in the individual reporting units ranges from approximately 
$5 million to approximately $2 billion. In making its assessment of goodwill impairment, management relies on a number of factors 
including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and transactions and market place 
data. The Company’s annual impairment test was performed as of the first day of the Company’s fiscal fourth quarters of 2009, 2008 
and 2007 and no impairment was identified. The factors used by management in its impairment analysis are inherently subject to 
uncertainty. While the Company believes it has made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of its reporting 
units, if actual results are not consistent with management’s estimates and assumptions, goodwill and other intangible assets may be 
overstated and a charge would need to be taken against net earnings.  

76 

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows the rollforward of goodwill reflected in the financial statements resulting from the Company’s acquisition 
activities for 2007, 2008, and 2009 ($ in millions).  

Balance January 1, 2007 

Attributable to 2007 acquisitions 
Adjustments due to finalization of purchase price allocations
Effect of foreign currency translation

Balance December 31, 2007 

Attributable to 2008 acquisitions 
Adjustments due to finalization of purchase price allocations
Effect of foreign currency translation

Balance December 31, 2008 

Attributable to 2009 acquisitions 
Adjustments due to finalization of purchase price allocations
Effect of foreign currency translation

Balance December 31, 2009 

$6,560  
  2,455  
(12) 
238  
$9,241  
265  
(20) 
(275) 
$9,211  
423  
(21) 
205  
$9,818  

The carrying value of goodwill by segment as of December 31 is summarized as follows ($ in millions):  

Segment
Professional Instrumentation
Medical Technologies 
Industrial Technologies
Tools & Components 

2009   
$4,028  
  3,555  
  2,041  
194  
$9,818  

2008
$3,802
  3,242
  1,973
194
$9,211

Intangible assets are amortized over their legal or estimated useful life. The following summarizes the gross carrying value and 
accumulated amortization for each major category of intangible asset ($ in millions):  

Finite – Lived Intangibles 
Patents & technology 
Other intangibles (primarily customer relationships)

Total finite – lived intangibles 
Indefinite – Lived Intangibles 
Trademarks & trade names 

December 31, 2009

December 31, 2008

Gross
Carrying
Amount   

597  
$
  1,354  
1,951  

1,258  
$ 3,209  

Accumulated
Amortization 

$

$

(215) 
(338)  
(553)  

—      
(553)  

Gross 
Carrying
Amount   

494  
$
  1,238  
  1,732  

  1,178  
$ 2,910  

Accumulated
Amortization 

$

$

(143) 
(248) 
(391) 

—    
(391) 

Total intangible amortization expense in 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $157 million, $145 million and $95 million, respectively. Based 
on the intangible assets recorded as of December 31, 2009, amortization expense is estimated to be $166 million during 2010, $158 
million during 2011, $150 million during 2012, $142 million during 2013 and $135 million during 2014.  

77 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
(7) FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS: 

Accounting standards define fair value based on an exit price model, establish a framework for measuring fair value where the 
Company’s assets and liabilities are required to be carried at fair values and provide for certain disclosures related to the valuation 
methods used within a valuation hierarchy as established within the accounting standards. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into 
three broad levels as follows. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 
inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that 
are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, including interest rates, yield curves and 
credit risks, or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation. Level 3 inputs 
are unobservable inputs based on our own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. A financial asset or 
liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value 
measurement.  

A summary of financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2009 were as 
follows ($ in thousands):  

Quoted Prices in
Active Market
(Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3)

Total

Assets: 

Available for sale securities

$

219,120  

—    

—    

$219,120

Liabilities: 

Deferred compensation plans

—    

$

61,468  

—    

  61,468

Available for sale securities are measured at fair value using quoted market prices and included in other assets in the accompanying 
Consolidated Balance Sheet.  

The Company has established nonqualified deferred compensation programs that permit officers, directors and certain management 
employees to defer a portion of their compensation, on a pre-tax basis, until their termination of employment. All amounts deferred 
under this plan are unfunded, unsecured obligations of the Company and presented as a component of the Company’s compensation 
and benefits accrual included in accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet (refer to Note 8). Participants 
may choose among alternative earning rates for the amounts they defer which are based on investment options within the Company’s 
401K program in the United States. Changes in the value of the deferred compensation liability under these programs are recognized 
based on the fair value of the participants’ accounts based on their investment elections.  

Refer to Note 10 for information related to the fair value of the Company sponsored defined benefit pension plan assets.  

78 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
(8) ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES: 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities as of December 31 include the following ($ in thousands):  

Compensation and benefits 
Restructuring 
Claims, including self-insurance and litigation 
Pension and postretirement benefits
Environmental and regulatory compliance 
Taxes, income and other 
Sales and product allowances 
Warranty 
Other, individually less than 5% of current or total liabilities

2009

2008

Current
$ 499,130  
129,857  
100,643  
60,100  
41,638  
161,937  
389,533  
111,910  
170,539  
$1,665,287  

Non-Current   
$ 219,797  
—    
80,334  
709,000  
72,164  
1,181,772  
36,190  
13,000  
3,004  
$2,315,261  

Current
$ 503,212  
91,410  
94,770  
35,175  
44,571  
244,407  
298,990  
95,910  
161,532  
$1,569,977  

Non-Current
$ 196,336
—  
77,144
833,325
76,506
  1,145,737
29,517
12,000
12,734
$2,383,299

Approximately $292 million of accrued expenses and other liabilities were guaranteed by standby letters of credit and performance 
bonds as of December 31, 2009. Refer to Note 14 for further discussion of the Company’s income tax obligations.  

(9) FINANCING:  
The components of the Company’s debt as of December 31 were as follows ($ in thousands):  

U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper 
4.5% guaranteed Eurobond Notes due 2013 (€€ 500 million)
5.625% notes due 2018
5.4% notes due 2019 
Zero-coupon Liquid Yield Option Notes due 2021 (LYONs)
Other 

Less – currently payable

2009
$ 179,996  
715,900  
500,000  
750,000  
634,181  
153,132  
  2,933,209  
44,186  
$2,889,023  

2008
$ 623,728
699,400
500,000
—  
619,757
176,444
  2,619,329
66,159
$2,553,170

The Company satisfies its short-term liquidity needs primarily through issuances of U.S. dollar and Euro commercial paper. Under 
the Company’s U.S. dollar and Euro commercial paper programs, the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, as applicable, may 
issue and sell unsecured, short-term promissory notes in aggregate principal amount not to exceed $4.0 billion. Since the Credit 
Facilities (described below) provide credit support for the program, the $1.525 billion of availability under the Credit Facilities has 
the practical effect of reducing from $4.0 billion to $1.525 billion the maximum amount of commercial paper that the Company can 
issue under the program. Commercial paper notes are sold at a discount and have a maturity of not more than 90 days from the date of 
issuance. Borrowings under the program are available for general corporate purposes, including financing acquisitions. The Company 
classifies the borrowings under the commercial paper program as long-term borrowings in the accompanying Consolidated Balance 
Sheet as the Company has the intent and the ability, as supported by the availability of the Credit Facility, to refinance these 
borrowings for at least one year from the balance sheet date.  

79 

  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
Credit support for the commercial paper program is provided by an unsecured $1.45 billion multicurrency revolving credit facility 
(the “Credit Facility”) that expires on April 25, 2012 and an unsecured $75 million multicurrency revolving credit facility that expires 
on May 3, 2010 (the “Supplemental Credit Facility” and together with the Credit Facility, the “Credit Facilities”). The Credit 
Facilities can also be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Under the Credit Facility, interest is based on, at 
the Company’s option (1) a LIBOR-based formula that is dependent in part on the Company’s credit rating, (2) a formula based on 
the higher (as of the date of determination) of Bank of America’s prime rate or the Federal funds rate plus 50 basis points, or (3) the 
rate of interest bid by a particular lender for a particular loan under the facility. Under the Supplemental Credit Facility, interest is 
based on, at the Company’s option (1) a LIBOR-based formula, or (2) a formula based on the highest (as of the date of determination) 
of the lender’s prime rate, the Federal funds rate plus 50 basis points or the LIBOR rate plus 100 basis points. Both of the Credit 
Facilities require the Company to maintain a consolidated leverage ratio (the ratio of consolidated indebtedness to consolidated 
indebtedness plus stockholders’ equity) as of the last day of each quarter of 0.65 to 1.00 or less. As of December 31, 2009, the 
Company was in compliance with this covenant. The availability of the Credit Facilities as standby liquidity facilities to repay 
maturing commercial paper is an important factor in maintaining the existing credit ratings of the commercial paper program. The 
Company expects to limit any borrowings under the Credit Facilities to amounts that would leave enough credit available under the 
facilities so that it could borrow, if needed, to repay all of the outstanding commercial paper as it matures. The Company anticipates 
seeking a renewal of the term of the Supplemental Credit Facility from the lender prior to its scheduled expiration date.  

During 2009, the Company refinanced balances under its commercial paper program as they came due to maintain an outstanding 
balance throughout the year. During 2008, the Company utilized its commercial paper program to finance the repayment of the 
Company’s $250 million, 6.1% notes that matured in October 2008. As of December 31, 2009, borrowings outstanding under the 
Company’s U.S. dollar commercial paper program had a weighted average interest rate of 0.2% and an average maturity of 
approximately 5 days. As of December 31, 2009, there was no outstanding Euro-denominated commercial paper.  

In March 2009, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of $750 million aggregate principal amount of 5.40% senior 
unsecured notes due 2019 (“2019 Notes”). The notes were issued at 99.93% of their principal amount. The net proceeds, after 
expenses and the underwriters’ discount, were approximately $745 million. A portion of the net proceeds were used to repay a portion 
of the Company’s outstanding commercial paper with the balance of the net proceeds used for general corporate purposes, including 
acquisitions. The Company may redeem the notes at any time prior to their maturity at a redemption price equal to the greater of the 
principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, or the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and 
interest plus 40 basis points. As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of the 2019 Notes was approximately $800 million.  

In December 2007, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of 5.625% 
senior notes due 2018 (“2018 Notes”). The net proceeds, after expenses and the underwriters’ discount, were approximately $493.4 
million, which were used to repay a portion of the commercial paper issued to finance the acquisition of Tektronix. The Company 
may redeem the notes at any time prior to their maturity at a redemption price equal to the greater of the principal amount of the notes 
to be redeemed, or the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest plus 25 basis points. 
As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of the 2018 Notes was approximately $541 million.  

On July 21, 2006, a financing subsidiary of the Company issued the Eurobond Notes in a private placement outside the U.S. Payment 
obligations under these Eurobond Notes are guaranteed by the Company. The net proceeds of the offering, after the deduction of 
underwriting commissions but prior to the deduction of other issuance costs, were €€ 496 million ($627 million based on exchange 
rates in effect at the time the offering closed) and were used to pay down a portion of the Company’s outstanding commercial paper 
and for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. The Company may redeem the notes upon the occurrence of specified, 
adverse changes in tax laws or interpretations under such laws, at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the notes to be 
redeemed. As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of the Eurobond Notes was approximately $745 million.  

In 2001, the Company issued $830 million (value at maturity) in LYONs. The net proceeds to the Company were $505 million, of 
which approximately $100 million was used to pay down debt and the balance was used for general corporate purposes, including 
acquisitions. The LYONs carry a yield to maturity of 2.375% (with contingent interest  

80 

  
payable as described below). Holders of the LYONs may convert each $1,000 of principal amount at maturity into 14.5352 shares of 
Danaher common stock (in the aggregate for all LYONs, approximately 12.0 million shares of Danaher common stock) at any time 
on or before the maturity date of January 22, 2021. As of December 31, 2009, an aggregate of approximately 68,000 shares of 
Danaher common stock had been issued upon conversion of LYONs. As of December 31, 2009, the accreted value of the outstanding 
LYONs was lower than the traded market value of the underlying common stock issuable upon conversion. The Company may 
redeem all or a portion of the LYONs for cash at any time at scheduled redemption prices. Holders may require the Company to 
purchase all or a portion of the notes for cash and/or Company common stock, at the Company’s option, on January 22, 2011. The 
holders had a similar option to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of the notes as of January 22, 2004, which resulted in 
notes with an accreted value of $1.1 million being redeemed by the Company for cash.  

Under the terms of the LYONs, the Company will pay contingent interest to the holders of LYONs during any six month period from 
January 23 to July 22 and from July 23 to January 22 if the average market price of a LYON for a specified measurement period 
equals 120% or more of the sum of the issue price and accrued original issue discount for such LYON. The amount of contingent 
interest to be paid with respect to any quarterly period is equal to the higher of either 0.0315% of the bonds’ average market price 
during the specified measurement period or the amount of the common stock dividend paid during such quarterly period multiplied by 
the number of shares issuable upon conversion of a LYON. The Company paid approximately $1.1 million of contingent interest on 
the LYONs for the year ended December 31, 2009. Except for the contingent interest described above, the Company will not pay 
interest on the LYONs prior to maturity. As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of the LYONs was approximately $916 million, 
which is derived primarily from the underlying common stock due to the conversion feature of the LYONs.  

The Company does not have any credit rating downgrade triggers that would accelerate the maturity of a material amount of 
outstanding debt, except in connection with the change of control provisions described as follows. Under each of the Eurobond Notes, 
the 2018 Notes and the 2019 Notes, if the Company experiences a change of control and a rating downgrade of a specified nature 
within a specified period following the change of control, the Company will be required to offer to repurchase the notes at a price 
equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued interest in the case of the 2018 Notes and 2019 Notes, or the principal amount 
plus accrued interest in the case of the Eurobond Notes. The Company’s outstanding indentures and comparable instruments also 
contain customary covenants including for example limits on the incurrence of secured debt and sale/leaseback transactions. None of 
these covenants are considered restrictive to the Company’s operations and as of December 31, 2009, the Company was in 
compliance with all of its debt covenants.  

The minimum principal payments during the next five years are as follows: 2010 - $44 million, 2011 - $9 million, 2012 - 
$185 million, 2013 - $775 million, 2014 - $6 million and $1,914 million thereafter.  

The Company made interest payments of approximately $88 million, $72 million and, $95 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, 
respectively.  

(10) PENSION BENEFIT PLANS:  
The Company has noncontributory defined benefit pension plans which cover certain of its U.S. employees. Benefit accruals under 
most of these plans have ceased. The Company also has noncontributory defined benefit pension plans which cover certain of its non-
U.S. employees, and under certain of these plans, benefit accruals continue. The following sets forth the funded status of the U.S. and 
non-U.S. plans as of the most recent actuarial valuations using a measurement date of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008:  

81 

  
($ in millions)

Change in pension benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
Adoption of ASC Topic 715 measurement provision 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Employee contributions 
Amendments, settlements and curtailments 
Benefits paid and other 
Acquisitions 
Actuarial loss (gain) 
Foreign exchange rate impact 
Benefit obligation at end of year 
Change in plan assets 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 
Adoption of ASC Topic 715 measurement provision 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer contributions 
Employee contributions 
Plan settlements 
Benefits paid and other 
Acquisitions 
Foreign exchange rate impact 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
Funded status 
Accrued contribution 
Accrued benefit cost 

U.S. Pension Benefits
2008
2009

Non-U.S. Pension Benefits

2009

2008

   $1,275.1    
—      
2.0    
75.9    
—      
—    
(90.5)  
—      
46.8    
—      
  1,309.3    

821.0    
—      
125.2    
60.7    
—    
  —      
(90.5)  
—      
—      
916.4    
(392.9)  
—      
   $ (392.9)  

$1,276.8    
(0.5)  
7.3    
72.7    
—      
—      
(85.5)  
15.5    
(11.2)  
—      
  1,275.1    

1,200.5    
(0.1)  
(294.5)  
0.6    
—      
  —      
(85.5)  
—      
—      
821.0    
(454.1)  
—      
$ (454.1)  

$ 607.6     $
—      
13.2    
31.0    
3.1    
(6.2)   
(37.1)   
6.4    
(5.0)   
33.1    
646.1    

659.6  
5.6  
14.9  
32.0  
3.0  
(1.1) 
(35.0) 
—    
0.8  
(72.2) 
607.6  

315.6    
—      
36.7    
32.5    
3.1    
(6.0)   
(37.1)   
5.5    
24.4    
374.7    
(271.4)   
—      

411.5  
1.4  
(53.1) 
39.2  
3.0  
(0.8) 
(35.0) 
—    
(50.6) 
315.6  
(292.0) 
—    
$ (271.4)    $ (292.0) 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at date of measurement:  

Discount rate 
Rate of compensation increase 

U. S. Plans

Non-U.S. Plans

December 31,
2009

December 31,
2008

December 31,
2009

December 31,
2008

5.75%  
4.00%  

82 

6.25%  
4.00%  

5.10%  
3.10%  

5.15% 
3.10% 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
($ in millions)

Components of net periodic pension cost 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Amortization of prior service credit
Amortization of net (gain) loss 
Curtailment and settlement (gains) / losses recognized 
Net periodic pension (benefit) cost

U. S. Pension Benefits
2008
2009

Non-U.S. Pension Benefits

2009

2008

$

$

2.0    
75.9    
(84.1)   
—      
9.6    
—    
3.4    

$

7.3    
72.7    
(89.4)  
—      
4.1    
—      
$ (5.3)  

$

$

13.2    
31.0    
(18.8)   
(0.3)   
3.3    
1.4    
29.8    

$

14.9  
32.0  
(23.8) 
(0.3) 
(0.8) 
  —    
22.0  
$

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost at date of measurement:  

Discount rate 
Expected long-term return on plan assets 
Rate of compensation increase 

U. S. Plans

2009  
   6.25%  
   8.00%  
   4.00%  

2008  
6.00%  
8.00%  
4.00%  

Non-U.S. Plans  
2008  
2009  
5.15% 
5.15%  
5.95% 
5.80%  
3.20% 
3.10%  

Included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2009 are the following amounts that have not yet been 
recognized in net periodic pension cost: unrecognized prior service credits of $2.8 million ($2.1 million, net of tax) and unrecognized 
actuarial losses of $502.0 million ($324.9 million, net of tax). The unrecognized losses and prior service costs, net, is calculated as the 
difference between the actuarially determined projected benefit obligation and the value of the plan assets less accrued pension costs 
as of December 31, 2009. The prior service credits and actuarial loss included in accumulated comprehensive income and expected to 
be recognized in net periodic pension costs during the year ending December 31, 2010 is $0.3 million ($0.2 million, net of tax) and 
$21.9 million ($15.9 million, net of tax), respectively. No plan assets are expected to be returned to the Company during the year 
ending December 31, 2010.  

Selection of Expected Rate of Return on Assets  

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, the Company used an expected long-term rate of return assumption of 8.0% 
for the Company’s U.S. defined benefit pension plan. The Company intends on using an expected long-term rate of return assumption 
of 8.0% for 2010 for its U.S. plan. The expected long-term rate of return assumption for the non-U.S. plans was determined on a plan-
by-plan basis based on the composition of assets and ranged from 0.75% to 8.0% and 1.5% to 8.25% in 2009 and 2008, respectively, 
with a weighted average rate of return assumption of 5.80% and 5.95% in 2009 and 2008, respectively.  

Plan Assets  

The U.S. plan’s goal is to maintain between 60% and 70% of its assets in equity portfolios, which are invested in individual equity 
securities or funds that are expected to mirror broad market returns for equity securities or in assets with characteristics similar to 
equity investments, such as venture capital funds and partnerships. Asset holdings are periodically rebalanced when equity holdings 
are outside this range. The balance of the U.S. plan asset portfolio is invested in corporate bonds, bond index funds or U.S. Treasury 
securities. Non-U.S. plan assets are invested in various insurance contracts, equity and debt securities as determined by the 
administrator of each plan. The value of the plan assets directly affects the funded status of the Company’s pension plans recorded in 
the financial statements.  

83 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets for both the U.S. and non-U.S. plans at December 31, 2009, by asset category 
are as follows ($ in millions):  

Cash 
Equity Securities: 

Common stock 
Preferred stock 
Fixed Income Securities: 

Corporate bonds 
Government issued 

Mutual Funds 
Common/Collective Trusts 
Venture capital and partnerships 
Real estate 
Insurance contracts 
Total 

Quoted Prices in
Active Market
(Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

$

16.31  

$

323.12  
9.51  

107.71  
53.05  
267.93  
—    
—    
—    
—    
777.63  

$

$

—    

—    
—    

—    
—    
12.50  
317.45  
—    
—    
24.80  
354.75  

Significant 
Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3)

$

—    

6.38  
—    

—    
—    
—    
—    
52.16  
100.20  
—    
158.74  

$

Total
$ 16.31

  329.50
9.51

  107.71
53.05
  280.43
  317.45
52.16
  100.20
24.80
$1,291.1

Common stock, preferred stock, corporate bonds, U.S. government securities and mutual funds are valued at the closing price 
reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded.  

Common/collective trusts are valued based on the plan’s interest, represented by investment units, in the underlying investments held 
within the trust that are traded in an active market by the trustee.  

Venture capital and partnership investments are valued based on the information provided by the asset fund managers (“Fund 
Managers”) which reflects the plan’s share of the fair value of the net assets of the investment. The investments are valued using a 
combination of discounted cash flows, earnings and market multiples and through reference to the quoted market prices of the 
underlying investments held by the venture or partnership where available. Valuation adjustments reflect changes in operating results, 
financial condition, or prospects of the applicable portfolio company.  

Real estate investments are valued periodically using discounted cash flow models which consider long-term lease estimates, future 
rental receipts and estimated residual values. The fund managers for the for real estate investments supplement real estate valuations 
by third-party appraisals on either a quarterly or an annual basis.  

The methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of 
future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes the valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market 
participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result 
in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.  

84 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
The table below sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Level 3 investments for the year ended December 31, 2009 ($ 
in millions):  

Balance, December 31, 2008 
Actual return on plan assets: 

— Relating to assets sold during the period 
— Relating to assets still held at December 31, 2009

Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements (net) 
Balance, December 31, 2009 

Common
Stock  
$ 10.79    

(0.74) 
  2.33    
(6.00)  
$ 6.38    

Venture 
capital and
partnerships 
$

49.58    

Real estate 
$ 111.93    

Total
$172.30  

—      
(4.58)  
7.16    
52.16    

  —      
(14.88)  
3.15    
$ 100.20    

(0.74) 
  (17.13) 
4.31  
$158.74  

$

Expected Contributions  

The provisions of the U.S. Pension Protection Act of 2006, enacted in August 2006 changed the minimum funding requirements for 
the Company’s U.S. defined benefit pension plan beginning in 2009. During 2009, the Company voluntarily contributed $60 million 
to its U.S. defined benefit pension plan and was required to contribute approximately $33 million to its non-U.S. defined benefit 
pension plans. During 2010, the Company’s cash contribution requirements are expected to be approximately $24 million for its U.S. 
plan, however, the ultimate amounts to be contributed depend upon, among other things, underlying asset returns. The Company 
expects to contribute approximately $34 million in employer contributions and unfunded benefit payments to the non-U.S. plans in 
2010.  

The following table sets forth benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, expected to be paid by the plans 
in the periods indicated.  

($ in millions)

2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015-2019 

Other Matters  

U.S. Pension
Plans

$

112.0  
97.1  
95.0  
97.7  
98.6  
508.6  

Non-U.S. 
Pension Plans  
34.1  
$
31.6  
34.6  
33.2  
33.9  
181.2  

All Pension
Plans
$ 146.1
128.7
129.6
130.9
132.5
689.8

Substantially all employees not covered by defined benefit plans are covered by defined contribution plans, which generally provide 
for Company funding based on a percentage of compensation.  

Expense for all defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans amounted to $112 million, $97 million and, $105 million for 
the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  

(11) OTHER POST RETIREMENT EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:  
In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for some of its retired 
employees in the United States. Certain employees may become eligible for these benefits as they reach normal retirement age while 
working for the Company. The following sets forth the funded status of the domestic plans as of the most recent actuarial valuations 
using a measurement date of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008:  

85 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
($ in millions)

Change in benefit obligation 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year 
Adoption of ASC Topic 715 measurement provision
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Amendments and other
Actuarial loss (gain) 
Retiree contributions 
Benefits paid 
Benefit obligation at end of year 

Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets
Funded status / accrued benefit cost 

Post Retirement Medical Benefits

2009

2008

$

$

122.4    
—      
0.8    
6.5    
(3.5)   
(9.4)   
1.7    
(13.7)   
104.8    

131.2  
(1.7) 
1.3  
7.1  
(6.3) 
2.3  
1.5  
(13.0) 
122.4  

—      
(104.8)   

$

—    
(122.4) 

$

At December 31, 2009, $94.2 million of the total underfunded status of the plan was recognized as long-term accrued post retirement 
liability since it is not expected to be funded within one year. At December 31, 2008, $109.5 million of the total underfunded status of 
the plan was recognized as long-term accrued post-retirement liability.  

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at date of measurement:  

Discount rate 
Medical trend rate – initial
Medical trend rate – grading period 
Medical trend rate – ultimate

2009

2008

5.75%  
8.10%  

6.25% 
8.80% 

19 years  

20 years  

4.5%  

4.00% 

The medical trend rate used to determine the post retirement benefit obligation was 8.1% for 2009. The rate decreases gradually to an 
ultimate rate of 4.5% in 2029, and remains at that level thereafter. The trend is a significant factor in determining the amounts 
reported.  

The following table sets forth benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, expected to be paid in the 
periods indicated.  

($ in millions)
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015-2019 

Amount
$ 10.6
  10.2
9.8
9.5
9.5
  45.5

Effect of a one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates ($ in millions):  

Effect on the total of service and interest cost 

components 

Effect on post retirement medical benefit 

obligation 

1% Point Increase  

1% Point Decrease 

$

0.4  

6.8  

$

(0.3) 

(6.2) 

86 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Components of net periodic benefit cost ($ in millions)
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Amortization of loss 
Amortization of prior service credit 
Curtailment/settlement (gain)
Net periodic benefit cost

Post Retirement Medical 
Benefits

2009

2008

$

$

0.8    
6.5    
1.6    
(7.9)   
(1.1)   
(0.1)   

$

1.3  
7.1  
2.8  
(7.2) 
  —    
4.0  
$

Included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2009 are the following amounts that have not yet been 
recognized in net periodic pension cost: unrecognized prior service credits of $27.9 million ($17.9 million, net of tax) and 
unrecognized actuarial losses of $20.7 million ($13.2 million, net of tax). The unrecognized losses and prior service costs, net, is 
calculated as the difference between the actuarially determined projected benefit obligation and the value of the plan assets less 
accrued pension costs as of December 31, 2009. The prior service credits and actuarial loss included in accumulated comprehensive 
income and expected to be recognized in net periodic pension costs during the year ending December 31, 2010 is $7.9 million ($5.1 
million, net of tax) and $1.3 million ($0.8 million, net of tax), respectively.  

(12) LEASES AND COMMITMENTS:  
The Company’s operating leases extend for varying periods of time up to ten years and, in some cases, contain renewal options that 
would extend existing terms beyond ten years. Future minimum rental payments for all operating leases having initial or remaining 
non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are $115 million in 2010, $81 million in 2011, $56 million in 2012, $38 million in 
2013, $29 million in 2014 and $56 million thereafter. Total rent expense charged to income for all operating leases was $136 million, 
$110 million and, $103 million, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  

The Company generally accrues estimated warranty costs at the time of sale. In general, manufactured products are warranted against 
defects in material and workmanship when properly used for their intended purpose, installed correctly, and appropriately maintained. 
Warranty period terms depend on the nature of the product and range from 90 days up to the life of the product. The amount of the 
accrued warranty liability is determined based on historical information such as past experience, product failure rates or number of 
units repaired, estimated cost of material and labor, and in certain instances estimated property damage. The liability, shown in the 
following table, is reviewed on a quarterly basis and may be adjusted as additional information regarding expected warranty costs 
becomes known.  

In certain cases the Company will sell extended warranty or maintenance agreements. The proceeds from these agreements is deferred 
and recognized as revenue over the term of the agreement.  

87 

  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following is a rollforward of the Company’s warranty accrual for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 ($ in thousands): 

Balance December 31, 2007 

Accruals for warranties issued during period
Settlements made
Additions due to acquisitions 
Effect of foreign currency translation

Balance December 31, 2008 

Accruals for warranties issued during period
Settlements made
Additions due to acquisitions 
Effect of foreign currency translation

Balance December 31, 2009 

$ 110,700  
98,891  
  (101,143) 
273  
(811) 
  107,910  
  105,935  
(96,026) 
4,554  
2,537  
$ 124,910  

(13) LITIGATION AND CONTINGENCIES:  
The Company is, from time to time, subject to a variety of litigation and similar proceedings incidental to its business. These lawsuits 
primarily involve claims for damages arising out of the use of the Company’s products and services and claims relating to intellectual 
property matters, employment matters, tax matters, commercial disputes, competition and sales and trading practices, personal injury, 
insurance coverage and acquisition-related matters. The Company may also become subject to lawsuits as a result of past or future 
acquisitions or as a result of liabilities retained from, or representations, warranties or indemnities provided in connection with 
divested businesses. Some of these lawsuits may include claims for punitive and consequential as well as compensatory damages. 
Based upon the Company’s experience, current information and applicable law, it does not believe that these proceedings and claims 
will have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

While the Company maintains workers compensation, property, cargo, automobile, aviation, crime, fiduciary, product, general 
liability, and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (and has acquired rights under similar policies in connection with certain 
acquisitions) that it believes cover a portion of these claims, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable to cover such losses. In 
addition, while the Company believes it is entitled to indemnification from third parties for some of these claims, these rights may 
also be insufficient or unavailable to cover such losses. The Company maintains third party insurance policies up to certain limits to 
cover certain liability costs in excess of predetermined retained amounts. For general liability risk (which includes product liability) 
and most other insured risks, the Company purchases outside insurance coverage only for severe losses (“stop loss” insurance) and 
must establish and maintain reserves with respect to amounts within the self-insured retention.  

The Company recognizes a liability for any contingency that is probable of occurrence and reasonably estimable. The Company 
periodically assesses the likelihood of adverse judgments or outcomes for these matters, as well as potential amounts or ranges of 
probable losses, and if appropriate recognizes a reserve for these contingencies. These reserves consist of specific reserves for 
individual claims and additional amounts for anticipated developments of these claims as well as for incurred but not yet reported 
claims. The specific reserves for individual known claims are quantified with the assistance of legal counsel and outside risk 
insurance professionals where appropriate. In addition, outside risk insurance professionals assist in the determination of reserves for 
incurred but not yet reported claims through evaluation of the Company’s specific loss history, actual claims reported, and industry 
trends among statistical and other factors. Reserve estimates are adjusted as additional information regarding a claim becomes known. 
While the Company actively pursues financial recoveries from insurance providers, it does not recognize any recoveries until realized 
or until such time as a sustained pattern of collections is established related to historical matters of a similar nature and magnitude. 
The Company believes the liability recorded for such risk insurance reserves as of December 31, 2009 is adequate, but due to 
judgments inherent in the reserve process it is possible the ultimate costs will differ from this estimate. If the risk insurance reserves 
established are inadequate, the Company would be required to incur an expense equal to the amount of the loss incurred in excess of 
the reserves, which would adversely affect the Company’s net earnings.  

88 

  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
In addition, the Company’s operations are subject to environmental laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which they operate, 
which impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the ground, air and water and establish standards for the use, generation, 
treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. A number of the Company’s operations involve the handling, 
manufacturing, use or sale of substances that are or could be classified as hazardous materials within the meaning of applicable laws. 
The Company must also comply with various health and safety regulations in both the United States and abroad in connection with 
our operations. Compliance with these laws and regulations has not had and, based on current information and the applicable laws and 
regulations currently in effect, is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s capital expenditures, earnings or 
competitive position, and the Company does not anticipate material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities.  

In addition to environmental compliance costs, the Company from time to time incurs costs related to alleged damages associated 
with past or current waste disposal practices or other hazardous materials handling practices. For example, generators of hazardous 
substances found in disposal sites at which environmental problems are alleged to exist, as well as the current and former owners of 
those sites and certain other classes of persons, are subject to claims brought by state and federal regulatory agencies pursuant to 
statutory authority. The Company has received notification from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and from state and non-
U.S. environmental agencies, that conditions at a number of sites where the Company and others previously disposed of hazardous 
wastes and/or are or were property owners require clean-up and other possible remedial action, including sites where the Company 
has been identified as a potentially responsible party under U.S. federal and state environmental laws and regulations. The Company 
has projects underway at a number of current and former facilities, in both the United States and abroad, to investigate and remediate 
environmental contamination resulting from past operations. The Company is also from time to time party to personal injury or other 
claims brought by private parties alleging injury due to the presence of or exposure to hazardous substances.  

The Company has made a provision for environmental investigation and remediation and environmental-related personal injury 
claims with respect to sites owned or formerly owned by it and its subsidiaries and third-party sites where the Company or any of its 
subsidiaries have been determined to be a potentially responsible party. The Company generally makes an assessment of the costs 
involved for remediation efforts based on environmental studies as well as its prior experience with similar sites. If the Company 
determines that potential remediation liability for a particular site is probable and reasonably estimable, it accrues the total estimated 
costs, including investigation and remediation costs, associated with the site. The Company also accrues a liability for its exposure for 
probable and reasonably estimable environmental-related personal injury claims. While the Company actively pursues insurance 
recoveries as well as recoveries from other potentially responsible parties, it does not recognize any insurance recoveries until 
realized or until such time as a sustained pattern of collections is established related to historical matters of a similar nature and 
magnitude. Refer to Note 8.  

The ultimate cost of site cleanup is difficult to predict given the uncertainties of the Company’s involvement in certain sites, 
uncertainties regarding the extent of the required cleanup, the availability of alternative cleanup methods, variations in the 
interpretation of applicable laws and regulations, the possibility of insurance recoveries with respect to certain sites and the fact that 
imposition of joint and several liability with right of contribution is possible under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, 
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 and other environmental laws and regulations. All provisions have been recorded without 
giving effect to any possible future third party recoveries. For the reasons described above, the Company cannot assure that its 
estimates of environmental liabilities will not change.  

In view of the Company’s financial position and provisions for environmental remediation matters and environmental-related 
personal injury claims and based on current information and the applicable laws and regulations currently in effect, the Company 
believes that its liability related to past or current waste disposal practices and other hazardous materials handling practices will not 
have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial condition or cash flow.  

The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation requires it to indemnify to the full extent authorized or permitted by law any person 
made, or threatened to be made a party to any action or proceeding by reason of his or her service as a director or officer of the 
Company, or by reason of serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of any other entity, subject to limited 
exceptions. The Company’s Amended and Restated By-laws provide for similar indemnification rights. In addition, the Company has 
executed with each of its directors and executive officers an  

89 

  
indemnification agreement with the Company which provides for substantially similar indemnification rights and under which the 
Company has agreed to pay expenses in advance of the final disposition of any such indemnifiable proceeding. While the Company 
maintains insurance for this type of liability, a significant deductible applies to this coverage and any such liability could exceed the 
amount of the insurance coverage.  

(14) INCOME TAXES:  
The provision for income taxes from continuing operations for the years ended December 31 consists of the following ($ in 
thousands):  

Current: 

Federal U.S. 
Non - U.S. 
State and local 

Deferred: 

Federal U.S. 
Non - U.S. 
State and Local 
Income tax provision 

2009

2008

2007

$ 297,288    
106,551  
23,409    

$207,025    
180,401    
  16,560    

$263,078  
  103,511  
  26,642  

(38,191)  
(121,562)  
5,655    
$ 273,150    

90,065    
(65,423)  
3,048    
$431,676    

  70,953  
  (44,876) 
3,793  
$423,101  

Current deferred income tax assets are reflected in prepaid expenses and other current assets. Long-term deferred income tax 
liabilities are included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Deferred income taxes consist 
of the following ($ in thousands):  

Bad debt allowance 
Inventories 
Property, plant and equipment 
Pension and postretirement benefits 
Insurance, including self – insurance 
Basis difference in LYONs
Goodwill and other intangibles 
Environmental and regulatory compliance 
Other accruals and prepayments 
Deferred service income
Stock compensation expense
Tax credit and loss carryforwards 
Unrealized gains on marketable securities 
All other accounts 
Net deferred tax liability

2009
$ 35,560    
81,396    
(54,836)  
192,298    
(35,548)  
(146,598)  
(952,504)  
33,251    
292,832    
(155,457)  
92,368    
  355,803    
(29,262)  
7,932    
$(282,765)  

2008
$ 31,179  
84,154  
(50,843) 
  230,134  
(26,596) 
  (122,999) 
  (849,414) 
29,712  
  227,725  
  (193,635) 
67,575  
  203,202  
—    
14,394  
$(355,412) 

Deferred taxes associated with temporary differences resulting from timing of recognition for income tax purposes of fees paid for 
services rendered between consolidated entities are reflected as deferred service income in the above table. These fees are fully 
eliminated in consolidation and have no effect on reported revenue, income or reported income tax expense. Deferred taxes associated 
with U.S. entities consisted of net deferred tax liabilities of approximately $478 million and $479 million as of December 31, 2009 
and 2008, respectively. Deferred taxes associated with non-U.S. entities consisted of net deferred tax assets of approximately $195 
million and $124 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  

90 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31 varies from the statutory federal income tax rate as follows: 

Statutory federal income tax rate
Increase (decrease) in tax rate resulting from: 
State income taxes (net of Federal income tax benefit)
Taxes on foreign earnings 
In-process research and development 
Resolution of uncertain tax positions / statute expirations
Acquisition costs 
Research and experimentation credits and other 
Effective income tax rate 

Percentage of Pre-Tax Earnings  
2007  
2008  
2009  
35.0% 
35.0%  
35.0%  

1.6  
(11.8) 
   —    
(6.8) 
0.5  
0.7  
19.2%  

0.8  
(11.1) 
  —    
(0.1) 
  —    
0.1  
24.7%  

1.2  
(9.2) 
1.3  
(1.4) 
  —    
(1.1) 
25.8% 

The effective tax rate for 2009 of 19.2% reflects net discrete tax benefits of approximately $97 million, or $0.29 per diluted share. 
The discrete benefit is primarily associated with the reduction of income tax reserves during the period associated with the resolution 
of uncertain tax positions and the lapse of statutes of limitations in various jurisdictions.  

The Company made income tax payments of $283 million, $390 million, and $335 million in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. The 
Company recognized a tax benefit of $20 million, $5 million, and $66 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to the 
exercise of employee stock options, which vested prior to the Company’s required adoption of fair value accounting for stock options 
and for which no expense was recognized. This benefit has been recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital.  

Included in deferred income taxes as of December 31, 2009 are tax benefits for U.S. and non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards 
totaling $169 million (net of applicable valuation allowances of $189 million). Certain of the losses can be carried forward 
indefinitely and others can be carried forward to various dates through 2028. In addition, the Company had general business and 
foreign tax credit carryforwards of $187 million at December 31, 2009. Included in the deferred tax asset related to net operating loss 
carryforwards and tax credits is $73 million associated with the indirect impact of certain unrecognized tax benefits (see below).  

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted new accounting provisions associated with the uncertain tax positions. As a result of 
the adoption of these provisions, the Company recognized a decrease in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $63 million, 
which was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings in the accompanying Consolidated 
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity.  

As of December 31, 2009, gross unrecognized tax benefits totaled $439 million ($361 million, net of offsetting indirect tax benefits 
and including $81 million associated with potential interest and penalties). As of December 31, 2008, gross unrecognized tax benefits 
totaled $447 million ($426 million, net of offsetting indirect tax benefits and including $89 million associated with potential interest 
and penalties). The Company recognized approximately $18 million, $19 million and $24 million in potential interest and penalties 
associated with uncertain tax positions during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. To the extent unrecognized tax benefits (including 
interest and penalties) are not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a 
reduction of the overall income tax provision. Unrecognized tax benefits and associated accrued interest and penalties are included in 
“Taxes, income and other” in accrued expenses as detailed in Note 8.  

91 

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding amounts accrued for potential interest 
and penalties, is as follows ($ in thousands):  

Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year 

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
Additions for tax positions of prior years 
Reductions for tax position of prior years 
Acquisitions 
Lapse of statute of limitations 
Settlements 
Effect of foreign currency translation 

Unrecognized tax benefits, end of year 

2009
$ 446,892  
33,454    
82,350    
(11,830)  
2,985    
(104,520)  
(21,608)  
11,603  
$ 439,326    

2008
$475,107    
  48,588    
25,095    
(47,567)  
—      
(2,772)  
(26,384)  
(25,175)  
$446,892    

2007
$331,701  
  35,871  
  63,315  
  (37,075) 
  62,122  
(673) 
(2,043) 
  21,889  
$475,107  

The Company and its subsidiaries are routinely examined by various taxing authorities. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has 
initiated examinations of certain of the Company’s federal income tax returns for the years 2006 and 2007. In addition, the Company 
has subsidiaries in Germany, Canada, France, Hong Kong and various other states, provinces and countries that are currently under 
audit for years ranging from 2001 through 2008. During 2009, the Company recognized tax benefits associated with certain 
international and domestic tax positions being resolved in its favor and the lapse of statutes of limitations.  

The Company files numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the United States Federal jurisdiction and in many state 
and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to US Federal income tax examinations for years 
before 2006 and is no longer subject to state, local and foreign income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2001.  

Management estimates that it is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits may be reduced up to $40 million 
within twelve months as a result of resolution of worldwide tax matters, tax audit settlements and/or statute expirations.  

The Company provides income taxes for unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are not considered indefinitely reinvested 
overseas. As of December 31, 2009, the approximate amount of earnings from foreign subsidiaries that the Company considers 
indefinitely reinvested and for which deferred taxes have not been provided was approximately $6.5 billion. United States income 
taxes have not been provided on earnings that are planned to be reinvested indefinitely outside the United States and the amount of 
such taxes that may be applicable is not readily determinable given the various tax planning alternatives the Company could employ 
should it decide to repatriate these earnings.  

(15) EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS):  
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing earnings by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the applicable 
period. Diluted EPS is calculated after adjusting the numerator and the denominator of the basic EPS calculation for the effect of all 
potential dilutive common shares outstanding during the period. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, 
approximately 4.8 million and 10.3 million options to purchase shares, respectively, were not included in the diluted earnings per 
share calculation as the impact of their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. Information related to the calculation of earnings 
from continuing operations per share of common stock is summarized as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):  

92 

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009: 

Net earnings from 
continuing operations
(Numerator)

Basic EPS 
Adjustment for interest on convertible debentures 
Incremental shares from assumed exercise of 

dilutive options and RSUs

Incremental shares from assumed conversion of the 

convertible debentures 

Diluted EPS 

$

$

For the Year Ended December 31, 2008:  

1,151,704  
10,320  

Shares 
(Denominator)  
320,765  
—    

Per Share
Amount
$ 3.59

—    

3,007  

—    
1,162,024  

11,970  
335,742  

$ 3.46

Basic EPS 
Adjustment for interest on convertible debentures 
Incremental shares from assumed exercise of 

dilutive options and RSUs

Incremental shares from assumed conversion of the 

convertible debentures 

Diluted EPS 

$

$

For the Year Ended December 31, 2007:  

Net earnings from 
continuing operations
(Numerator)

1,317,631  
10,369  

Shares 
(Denominator)  
319,361  
—    

Per Share
Amount
$ 4.13

—    

4,531  

—    
1,328,000  

11,971  
335,863  

$ 3.95

Basic EPS 
Adjustment for interest on convertible debentures 
Incremental shares from assumed exercise of 

dilutive options and RSUs

Incremental shares from assumed conversion of the 

convertible debentures 

Diluted EPS 

$

$

Net earnings from 
continuing operations
(Numerator)

1,213,998  
10,033  

Shares 
(Denominator)  
311,225  
—    

Per Share
Amount
$ 3.90

—    

6,245  

—    
1,224,031  

11,989  
329,459  

$ 3.72

(16) STOCK TRANSACTIONS:  
On May 15, 2007, the Company’s shareholders voted to approve an amendment to Danaher’s Certificate of Incorporation to increase 
the number of authorized shares of common stock of Danaher to a total of one billion shares, $.01 par value. Danaher’s Certificate of 
Incorporation was amended to reflect this change on May 16, 2007.  

On November 7, 2007, the Company completed the public offering of 6.9 million shares of its common stock at a price to the public 
of $82.25 per share. The net proceeds, after expenses and the underwriter’s discount, were $550 million. The proceeds were used, in 
part, to fund the 2007 acquisition of Tektronix (refer to Note 2).  

During 2009, the Company did not repurchase any shares of Company common stock pursuant to the stock repurchase program 
authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors on April 21, 2005. During 2008, the Company repurchased 1.38 million shares of 
Company common stock in open market transactions at a cost of $74 million. During 2007, the Company repurchased 1.64 million 
shares of Company common stock in open market transactions at a cost of $117 million. The 2008 and 2007 repurchases were funded 
from available cash and from proceeds from the issuance of commercial paper. At December 31, 2009, the Company had 
approximately 2 million shares remaining for stock repurchases under the existing Board authorization. The Company expects to fund 
any further repurchases using the Company’s available cash balances or proceeds from the issuance of commercial paper.  

93 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Stock options and RSUs have been issued to directors, officers and other employees under the Company’s 1998 Stock Option Plan 
and the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, and RSUs have been issued to the Company’s CEO pursuant to an award approved by 
shareholders in 2003. In addition, in connection with the November 2007 Tektronix acquisition, the Company assumed the Tektronix 
2005 Stock Incentive Plan and the Tektronix 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Tektronix Plans”) and assumed certain outstanding 
stock options, restricted stock and RSUs that had been awarded to Tektronix employees under the plans. These plans operate in a 
similar manner to the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and 1998 Stock Option Plan. No further equity awards will be issued 
under the 1998 Stock Option Plan or the Tektronix Plans. The 2007 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock 
appreciation rights, RSUs, restricted stock or any other stock based award. In May 2009, the Company’s shareholders approved 
amendments to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan that, among other items, authorized the issuance of an additional 7 million shares 
pursuant to the plan bringing the total number of shares authorized for issuance under the plan to 19 million. No more than 6 million 
of the 19 million authorized shares may be granted in any form other than stock options or stock appreciation rights.  

Stock options granted under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, the 1998 Stock Option Plan and the Tektronix Plans generally vest pro-
rata over a five-year period and terminate ten years from the grant date, though the specific terms of each grant are determined by the 
Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (Compensation Committee). The Company’s executive officers and 
certain other employees have been awarded options with different vesting criteria. Option exercise prices for options granted by the 
Company under these plans equal the closing price on the NYSE of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Option 
exercise prices for the options outstanding under the Tektronix Plans were based on the closing price of Tektronix common stock on 
the date of grant. In connection with the Company’s assumption of these options, the number of shares underlying each option and 
exercise price of each option were adjusted to reflect the substitution of Danaher stock for the Tektronix stock underlying these 
awards.  

RSUs issued under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and the 1998 Stock Option Plan provide for the issuance of a share of the 
Company’s common stock at no cost to the holder. Most RSU awards granted prior to the third quarter of 2009 are subject to 
performance criteria determined by the Compensation Committee and vest (subject to satisfaction of the performance criteria) 50% on 
each of the fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date. Most RSU awards granted during or after the third quarter of 2009 vest  /3 
 1
on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date and, if the recipient is a member of the senior management, are 
generally also subject to performance criteria determined by the Compensation Committee. Certain of the Company’s executive 
officers and other employees have been awarded RSUs with different vesting criteria. Prior to vesting, RSUs do not have dividend 
equivalent rights, do not have voting rights and the shares underlying the RSUs are not considered issued and outstanding.  

Restricted shares issued under the Tektronix 2005 Stock Incentive Plan were granted subject to certain time-based vesting restrictions 
such that the restricted share awards are fully vested after a period of five years. Holders of restricted shares have the right to vote 
such shares and receive dividends. The restricted shares are considered issued and outstanding at the date the award is granted.  

The options, RSUs and restricted shares generally vest only if the employee is employed by the Company on the vesting date or in 
other limited circumstances and unvested options and RSUs are forfeited upon retirement before age 65 unless the Compensation 
Committee determines otherwise. To cover the exercise of options and vesting of RSUs, the Company generally issues new shares 
from its authorized but unissued share pool. At December 31, 2009, approximately 11 million shares of the Company’s common 
stock were reserved for issuance under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.  

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation by measuring the cost of employee services received in exchange for all equity 
awards granted, including stock options, RSUs and restricted shares, based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. The 
estimated fair value of the options granted was calculated using a Black-Scholes Merton option pricing model (Black-Scholes). The 
following summarizes the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes models for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:  

94 

  
Risk-free interest rate 
Weighted average volatility 
Dividend yield 
Expected years until exercise

2009

Year Ended December 31,
2008

2.08 – 3.68%  
31%  
0.2%  

6 – 9.5  

2.75 – 3.80%  
27%  
0.2%  

6 – 9.5  

2007

3.68 – 4.77% 
22% 
0.1 –0.2% 
7.5 – 9.5  

The Black-Scholes model incorporates assumptions to value stock-based awards. The risk-free rate of interest for periods within the 
contractual life of the option is based on a zero-coupon U.S. government instrument over the expected term of the equity instrument. 
Expected volatility is based on implied volatility from traded options on the Company’s stock and historical volatility of the 
Company’s stock. To estimate the option exercise timing to be used in the valuation model, in addition to considering the vesting 
period and contractual term of the option, the Company analyzes and considers actual historical exercise data for previously granted 
options. At the time of grant, the Company estimates the number of options that it expects will be forfeited based on the Company’s 
historical experience. Separate groups of employees that have similar behavior with regard to holding options for longer periods and 
different forfeiture rates are considered separately for valuation and attribution purposes.  

The following table summarizes the components of the Company’s share-based compensation program recorded as expense ($ in 
thousands):  

Restricted Stock Units & Restricted Shares: 

Pre-tax compensation expense 
Tax benefit 

Restricted stock unit and restricted share expense, net of tax

Stock Options: 

Pre-tax compensation expense 
Tax benefit 

Stock option expense, net of tax

Total Share-Based Compensation: 
Pre-tax compensation expense 
Tax benefit 

Total share-based compensation expense, net of tax

Year Ended December 31,
2008

2007

2009

$ 29,138  
(10,853) 
$ 18,285    

$ 25,109    
(8,789)  
$ 16,320    

$ 18,708  
(6,548) 
$ 12,160  

$ 58,212    
(17,996)  
$ 40,216  

$ 60,891    
(16,834)  
$ 44,057    

$ 54,639  
  (15,253) 
$ 39,386  

$ 87,350    
(28,849)  
$ 58,501    

$ 86,000    
(25,623)  
$ 60,377    

$ 73,347  
  (21,801) 
$ 51,546  

Share based compensation has been recognized as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying 
Consolidated Statements of Earnings as payroll costs of the employees receiving the rewards. As of December 31, 2009, $76 million 
of total unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs and restricted shares is expected to be recognized over a weighted average 
period of approximately 3 years. As of December 31, 2009, $150 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock 
options is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2 years.  

95 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Option activity under the Company’s stock option plans as of December 31, 2009 and changes during the three years ended 
December 31, 2009 were as follows (in thousands; except exercise price and number of years):  

Outstanding at January 1, 2007
Granted 
Exercised 
Cancelled 
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
Granted 
Exercised 
Cancelled 
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
Granted 
Exercised 
Cancelled 
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
Vested and Expected to Vest at December 31, 

2009 

Exercisable at December 31, 2009

Options  
23,959    
3,106    
(4,126)  
(711) 
22,228    
3,020    
(1,789)  
(1,375) 
22,084    
2,560    
(4,321)  
(926)  
19,397    

18,831    
10,579    

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price  
39.65  
$
74.04  
$
27.60  
$
52.85  
$
46.27  
$
77.90  
$
37.83  
$
58.94  
$
50.49  
$
57.17  
$
28.56  
$
74.30  
$
55.12  
$

$
$

54.73  
45.70  

Options outstanding at December 31, 2009 are summarized below:  

Weighted Average
Remaining 
Contractual Term 
(in Years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

6  

6  
4  

$399,537

$394,907
$314,326

Exercise Price
$20.73 to $30.64 
$30.65 to $41.74 
$41.75 to $57.14 
$57.15 to $72.84 
$72.85 to $83.39 

Shares 
(thousands)  
1,873  
3,612  
4,881  
4,369  
4,662  

Outstanding

Average 
Exercise Price  
26.77  
$
35.60  
$
52.26  
$
62.98  
$
77.27  
$

Average 
Remaining
Life

2  
3  
6  
7  
8  

Exercisable

Shares 
(thousands)  
1,854  
3,612  
2,908  
1,133  
1,072  

Average 
Exercise Price
26.73
$
35.60
$
51.75
$
63.54
$
77.30
$

The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on 
the last trading day of 2009 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received 
by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2009. The amount of aggregate intrinsic value 
will change based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock.  

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $151 million, $64 
million and $201 million, respectively. Exercise of options during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 resulted in 
cash receipts of $120 million, $60 million, and $113 million, respectively. The Company recognized a tax benefit of approximately 
$53 million, $20 million, and $66 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively related to the exercise of employee stock options, 
which has been recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital.  

96 

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The following table summarizes information on unvested restricted stock units and restricted shares activity during the three years 
ended December 31, 2009:  

Unvested at January 1, 2007 

Forfeited 
Vested 
Granted 

Unvested at December 31, 2007    

Forfeited 
Vested 
Granted 

Unvested at December 31, 2008    

Forfeited 
Vested 
Granted 

Unvested at December 31, 2009    

Number of RSUs / Restricted
Shares (in thousands)

1,597    
(48) 
—      
532    
2,081    
(110) 
(136)  
229    
2,064    
(83)  
(148) 
957    
2,790    

Weighted-Average 
Grant-Date Fair Value
54.14
$
66.63

79.18
59.96
71.61
67.51
75.54
60.57
68.41
62.84
57.20
59.06

$

The Company recognized a tax benefit of approximately $3.5 million in each of 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to the vesting of 
restricted stock units, which has been recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital. In connection with the vesting of certain 
restricted stock units and restricted shares previously issued by the Company, the Company has elected to withhold from the total 
shares issued or released to the award holder a number of shares sufficient to fund minimum tax withholding requirements (though 
under the terms of the applicable plan, the shares are considered to have been issued and are not added back to the pool of shares 
available for grant). During the year ended December 31, 2009, approximately 52 thousand shares with an aggregate value of 
approximately $3 million were withheld to satisfy the requirement.  

(17) RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER RELATED CHARGES:  
During 2009, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring and other related charges totaling $238.5 million. Of the total 2009 
restructuring costs incurred, $192.3 million ($144.4 million net of tax or $0.43 per diluted share) was incurred pursuant to plans 
approved by the Company in April and August of 2009 and $46.2 million was incurred in connection with the Company’s normal on-
going restructuring actions. The plans approved by the Company in April and August 2009 reflected management’s assessment that 
adjustments to the Company’s on-going cost structure were appropriate in light of lower demand in most of the Company’s end 
markets resulting from the overall deterioration in global economic conditions that began in the latter half of 2008 and continued 
through 2009. Substantially all planned restructuring activities related to the 2009 plans were completed during the year resulting in 
approximately $204 million of employee severance and related charges and $35 million of facility exit and other related charges.  

During the fourth quarter of 2008 the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring and other related charges totaling $82.0 million ($61.5 
million net of tax, or $0.18 per diluted share) associated with restructuring actions initiated and substantially completed during 2008 
to better position the Company’s cost base for future periods. The pre-tax charge recorded during 2008 consisted of approximately 
$72 million of employee severance and related charges and $10 million of facility exit and other related charges.  

The nature of the restructuring and related activities initiated in both 2009 and 2008 were broadly consistent throughout the 
Company’s reportable segments and focused on improvements in operational efficiency through targeted workforce reductions and 
facility consolidations and closures.  

97 

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring and other related charges recorded for the year ended December 31 by segment are summarized in the table below ($ in 
millions):  

Segment

Professional Instrumentation
Medical Technologies 
Industrial Technologies
Tools & Components 

2009   

2008

$ 99.0  
  60.5  
  60.7  
  18.3  
$238.5  

$28.8
  26.1
  23.1
  4.0
$82.0

The table below summarizes the accrual balance and utilization by type of restructuring cost associated with the 2008 and 2009 
actions ($ in millions):  

Restructuring Charges 
Employee severance and related 
Facility exit and related 
Total Restructuring 

Balance as of
December 31, 2008  

Costs
Incurred  

$

$

52.7  
2.6  
55.3  

$ 203.9  
34.6  
$ 238.5  

Paid / 
Settled  

$(151.6)  
(20.6)  
$(172.2)  

Balance as of
December 31, 2009

$

$

105.0
16.6
121.6

The restructuring and other related charges incurred during 2009, include cash charges of $228.1 million and $10.4 million of non-
cash charges. The restructuring and other related charges incurred during 2008 include cash charges of $76.3 million and $5.7 million 
of non-cash charges. These charges are reflected in the following captions in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings 
as of December 31($ in millions):  

Statement of Earnings Caption
Cost of sales 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 

2009   
$121.8  
  116.7  
$238.5  

2008
$33.1
  48.9
$82.0

(18) OTHER INCOME:  
During the third quarter of 2009, Ormco Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, settled certain litigation pending 
between Ormco and Align Technology, Inc. (“Align”). Among other provisions, as part of the settlement, Align paid $13 million in 
cash to Ormco and issued to the Company 7.6 million shares of Align common stock, which following issuance represented an 
approximately ten percent ownership interest in Align. The Company recorded a pre-tax gain of $85 million ($53 million after tax or 
$0.16 per share) related to the settlement representing the cash received and the value of the shares received on the respective dates 
the shares were issued to the Company, net of $13 million of related legal and direct settlement costs incurred. This gain is reflected 
as “other income” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The shares received in connection with the settlement 
have been classified as available-for-sale securities. Any gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value of the securities are 
reflected as unrealized gains or losses in other comprehensive income and classified as a component of stockholders’ equity until such 
gains or losses are realized.  

Accu-Sort, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, was a defendant in a suit filed by Federal Express Corporation on May 16, 2001. On 
March 9, 2006 Accu-Sort settled the case with Federal Express for an amount which the Company believes is not material to its 
financial position, which amount was reflected in the Company’s results of operations in 2005. The purchase agreement pursuant to 
which the Company acquired Accu-Sort in 2003 provides certain indemnification for the Company with respect to this matter, and an 
arbitrator ordered the former owners of Accu-Sort to pay the Company a portion of the losses incurred by the Company in connection 
with this litigation. In April 2007, the Company received this payment from the former owners and recorded a pre-tax gain of $12 
million ($7.8 million after-tax, or $0.02 per diluted share) which is included in “other income” in the accompanying Consolidated 
Statement of Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2007.  

98 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
(19) SEGMENT DATA:  
The Company currently operates in four reportable segments: Professional Instrumentation, Medical Technologies, Industrial 
Technologies and Tools & Components.  

Operating profit represents total revenues less operating expenses, excluding other expense, interest and income taxes. The 
identifiable assets by segment are those used in each segment’s operations. Inter-segment amounts are not significant and are 
eliminated to arrive at consolidated totals.  

Detailed segment data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is presented in the following table ($ in thousands):  

Total Sales: 

Professional Instrumentation
Medical Technologies
Industrial Technologies
Tools & Components 

Operating Profit: 

Professional Instrumentation
Medical Technologies
Industrial Technologies
Tools & Components 
Other 

Identifiable Assets: 

Professional Instrumentation
Medical Technologies
Industrial Technologies
Tools & Components 
Other 

Liabilities: 

Professional Instrumentation
Medical Technologies
Industrial Technologies
Tools & Components 
Other 

Depreciation and Amortization:

Professional Instrumentation
Medical Technologies
Industrial Technologies
Tools & Components 
Other 

2009

2008

2007

$ 4,330,695    
3,141,916    
2,658,041    
1,054,286  
$11,184,938    

$ 4,860,764    
3,277,026    
3,265,451    
1,294,215    
$12,697,456    

$ 3,537,912  
  2,997,986  
  3,153,377  
  1,336,642  
$11,025,917  

$

728,479    
395,489    
383,241    
124,814  
(89,547) 
$ 1,542,476    

$

907,254    
370,473    
522,112    
157,673    
(88,035)  
$ 1,869,477    

$

709,502  
393,230  
532,477  
175,634  
(70,134) 
$ 1,740,709  

$ 6,902,130    
6,557,285    
3,355,804    
742,846  
  2,037,355    
$19,595,420    

$ 6,585,262    
6,189,622    
3,394,792    
787,469    
532,983    
$17,490,128    

$ 1,637,315    
1,681,549    
787,749    
217,970  
  3,640,661    
$ 7,965,244    

$ 1,295,015    
1,521,717    
835,226    
227,003    
  3,802,605    
$ 7,681,566    

$

$

134,801    
127,846    
55,983    
20,955  
2,002    
341,587    

$

$

130,427    
123,481    
64,358    
21,021    
—      
339,287    

$ 6,692,014  
  6,160,557  
  3,536,156  
801,117  
282,091  
$17,471,935  

$ 1,286,739  
  1,489,739  
828,963  
214,784  
  4,566,022  
$ 8,386,247  

$

$

64,802  
119,673  
63,206  
20,811  
—    
268,492  

99 

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Expenditures, Gross

Professional Instrumentation
Medical Technologies
Industrial Technologies
Tools & Components 
Other 

Operations in Geographical Areas Year Ended December 31  

($ in thousands)
Total Sales: 

United States 
Germany 
China 
United Kingdom 
All other 

Long-lived assets: 
United States 
Germany 
United Kingdom 
All other 

Sales Originating outside the U.S.:
Professional Instrumentation
Medical Technologies
Industrial Technologies
Tools & Components 

Sales by Major Product Group: Year Ended December 31  

($ in thousands)
Analytical and physical instrumentation 
Medical & dental products 
Motion and industrial automation controls 
Mechanics and related hand tools
Product identification 
Aerospace and defense 
All other 
Total 

100 

2009

2008

2007

$ 46,904  
54,212  
45,868  
14,418  
27,145  
$188,547  

$ 40,941  
  61,725  
  41,548  
  24,375  
  25,194  
$193,783  

$ 39,010
  47,618
  48,024
  20,908
6,511
$162,071

2009

2008

2007

$ 5,919,663  
1,475,455  
702,259  
379,013  
  2,708,548  
$11,184,938  

$ 6,646,609  
1,799,397  
771,881  
485,823  
  2,993,746  
$12,697,456  

$ 5,928,296
  1,294,624
397,246
517,495
  2,888,256
$11,025,917

$ 8,886,834  
1,488,202  
530,655  
  3,469,101  
$14,374,792  

$ 8,393,908  
1,553,787  
467,860  
  2,887,454  
$13,303,009  

$ 8,511,540
  1,430,396
658,388
  2,821,844
$13,422,168

$ 2,343,267  
2,029,879  
1,333,117  
163,914  
$ 5,870,177  

$ 2,758,463  
2,102,900  
1,653,193  
246,301  
$ 6,760,857  

$ 1,935,506
  1,884,520
  1,579,805
221,914
$ 5,621,745

2009
$ 4,364,912  
3,141,916  
1,206,468  
843,796  
780,189  
695,140  
152,517  
$11,184,938  

2008
$ 4,925,171  
3,277,026  
1,720,696  
891,269  
872,417  
695,559  
315,318  
$12,697,456  

2007
$ 3,561,375
  2,997,986
  1,652,947
941,647
886,080
638,145
347,737
$11,025,917

  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
(20) QUARTERLY DATA-UNAUDITED ($ in thousands, except per share data): 

Net sales 
Gross profit 
Operating profit 
Net earnings 
Earnings per share: 
Basic 
Diluted 

Net sales 
Gross profit 
Operating profit 
Net earnings 
Earnings per share: 
Basic 
Diluted 

2009

1st Quarter   
$2,627,744  
1,258,609  
340,219  
237,712  

2nd Quarter   
$2,673,609  
1,262,269  
343,946  
295,694  

3rd Quarter   
$2,750,693  
  1,320,957  
464,597  
351,363  

4th Quarter
$3,132,892
  1,438,385
393,714
266,935

$
$

0.74  
0.72  

$
$

0.93  
0.89  

$
$

1.09  
1.05  

$
$

0.83
0.80

2008

1st Quarter   
$3,028,874  
1,417,716  
413,222  
276,505  

2nd Quarter   
$3,283,895  
1,560,299  
510,464  
363,448  

3rd Quarter   
$3,208,181  
  1,510,570  
522,140  
371,992  

4th Quarter
$3,176,506
  1,451,609
423,651
305,686

$
$

0.87  
0.83  

$
$

1.14  
1.09  

$
$

1.16  
1.11  

$
$

0.96
0.92

101 

  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE 

None.  

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and Executive Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such 
term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of 
the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Company’s disclosure 
controls and procedures were effective.  

Management’s annual report on our internal control over financial reporting and the independent registered public accounting firm’s 
audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting are included in our financial statements for the year 
ended December 31, 2009 included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, under the headings “Report of Management on 
Danaher Corporation’s Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting”, respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference.  

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) 
and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the Company’s most recent completed fiscal quarter that have materially 
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 
None.  

PART III  

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Code of Ethics  

Other than the information below, the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled Election 
of Directors of Danaher, Corporate Governance and Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance in the Proxy 
Statement for the Company’s 2010 annual meeting, and to the information under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in 
Part I hereof. No nominee for director was selected pursuant to any arrangement or understanding between the nominee and any 
person other than the Company pursuant to which such person is or was to be selected as a director or nominee.  

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers (including Danaher’s principal executive officer, 
principal financial officer and principal accounting officer) and employees, known as the Standards of Conduct. The Standards of 
Conduct are available in the “Investors – Corporate Governance” section of our website at www.danaher.com.  

We intend to disclose any amendment to the Standards of Conduct that relates to any element of the code of ethics definition 
enumerated in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K, and any waiver from a provision of the Standards of Conduct granted to any director, 
principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or any of our other executive officers, in the 
“Investors – Corporate Governance” section of our website, at www.danaher.com, within four business days following the date of 
such amendment or waiver.  

102 

  
  
  
  
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled Executive Compensation and Director 
Compensation in the Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2010 annual meeting.  

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled Beneficial Ownership of Danaher 
Common Stock by Directors, Officers and Principal Shareholders and Equity Compensation Plan Information in the Proxy 
Statement for the Company’s 2010 annual meeting.  

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled Corporate Governance and Certain 
Relationships and Related Transactions in the Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2010 annual meeting.  

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm in the Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2010 annual meeting.  

103 

  
  
  
  
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

a)

The following documents are filed as part of this report. 

PART IV 

(1) Financial Statements. The financial statements are set forth under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of 

this report on Form 10-K. 

(2) Schedules. An index of Exhibits and Schedules is on page 105 of this report. Schedules other than those listed below have been 
omitted from this Annual Report because they are not required, are not applicable or the required information is included in the 
financial statements or the notes thereto. 

(3) Exhibits. The exhibits listed in the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report. 

104 

  
  
  
  
  
  
DANAHER CORPORATION 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SUPPLEMENTARY DATA AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE  

Schedule: 
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts  

Page Number in
Form 10-K

113

Exhibit 
Number   
    3.1 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Danaher 
Corporation

EXHIBIT INDEX  

Description

    3.2 

Amended and Restated By-laws of Danaher Corporation

    4 

  10.1 

  10.2 

  10.3 

Danaher is a party to multiple long-term debt instruments 
under which, in each case, the total amount of securities 
authorized does not exceed 10% of the total assets of 
Danaher and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. 
Pursuant to paragraph 4(iii)(A) of Item 601(b) of 
Regulation S-K, Danaher agrees to furnish a copy of such 
instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission 
upon request.

Danaher Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as 
amended*

Danaher Corporation Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred 
Compensation Plan, as amended, a sub-plan under the 2007 
Stock Incentive Plan

Amended Form of Election to Defer under the Danaher 
Corporation Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred 
Compensation Plan

105 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
September 12, 2007 (Commission File Number: 1-8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 10, 
2008 (Commission File Number: 1-8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended July 3, 2009 (Commission File 
Number: 1-8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008 (Commission File Number: 1-
8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008 (Commission File Number: 1-
8089)

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  10.4 

  10.5 

  10.6 

  10.7 

  10.8 

  10.9 

Form of Danaher Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan 
Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors

Form of Danaher Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan 
Stock Option Agreement *

Form of Danaher Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan 
RSU Agreement *

Amended and Restated Danaher Corporation 1998 Stock 
Option Plan*

Form of Grant Acceptance Agreement under Amended and 
Restated Danaher Corporation 1998 Stock Option Plan*

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Statement under 1998 
Stock Option Plan (U.S. Participants)*

  10.10

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Statement under 1998 
Stock Option Plan (non-U.S. Participants)*

  10.11

Danaher Corporation & Subsidiaries Amended and Restated 
Executive Deferred Incentive Program*

  10.12

Danaher Corporation 2007 Executive Cash Incentive 
Compensation Plan, as amended *

  10.13

Danaher Corporation Senior Leader Severance Pay Plan*

  10.14

Employment Agreement by and between Danaher 
Corporation and H. Lawrence Culp, Jr., dated as of July 18, 
2000 and amended as of December 30, 2008*

106 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended July 3, 2009 (Commission File 
Number: 1-8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended July 3, 2009 (Commission File 
Number: 1-8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended July 3, 2009 (Commission File 
Number: 1-8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended July 3, 2009 (Commission File 
Number: 1-8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2004 (Commission File Number: 1-8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended June 30, 2006 (Commission File Number: 1-
8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter September 29, 2006 (Commission File Number: 1-
8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008 (Commission File Number: 1-
8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended July 3, 2009 (Commission File 
Number: 1-8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008 (Commission File Number: 1-
8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008 (Commission File Number: 1-
8089)

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of 
March 26, 2003 by and between Danaher Corporation and 
H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.*

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
September 26, 2003 (Commission File Number: 1-8089)

  10.15

  10.16

Danaher Corporation Share Award Agreement dated as of 
March 26, 2003 by and between Danaher Corporation and 
H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.*

  10.17

Form of Proprietary Interest Agreement for Named 
Executive Officers (with severance) **

  10.18

Form of Proprietary Interest Agreement for Named 
Executive Officers

  10.19

  10.20

Description of compensation arrangements for non-
management directors

Credit Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2006, among the 
lenders referred to therein, Banc of America Securities LLC 
and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. as Joint Lead Arrangers 
and Joint Book Managers, Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Citibank, 
N.A., as Syndication Agent, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi 
UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. 
and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as 
Documentation Agents (“2006 Credit Agreement”)

  10.21

First Amendment to 2006 Credit Agreement

  10.22

  10.23

Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement between Danaher 
Corporation, as Issuer, and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as 
Dealer, dated May 5, 2006

Commercial Paper Issuing and Paying Agent Agreement by 
and between Danaher Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust 
Company Americas, dated May 5, 2006

107 

Incorporated by reference to Annex C to Danaher 
Corporation’s 2003 Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed 
with the Commission on April 1, 2003 (Commission File 
Number: 1-8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008 (Commission File Number: 1-
8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008 (Commission File Number: 1-
8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2007 (Commission File Number: 1-
8089)

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  10.24

  10.25

  10.26

Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement between Danaher 
Corporation, as Issuer, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., 
as Dealer, dated November 6, 2006

Amended and Restated Dealer Agreement among Danaher 
European Finance Company ehf and Danaher European 
Finance S.A., as Issuers, Danaher Corporation, as 
Guarantor, Lehman Brothers International (Europe), as 
Dealer and Arranger, and Barclays Bank PLC and Lehman 
Brothers International (Europe) as Dealers, dated May 23, 
2007

Second Amended and Restated Issuing and Paying Agency 
Agreement among Danaher European Finance Company 
ehf and Danaher European Finance S.A., as Issuers, 
Danaher Corporation, as Guarantor and Issuer, and 
Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as Issuing and Paying 
Agent, dated May 23, 2007

  10.27

Management Agreement dated February 15, 2007 by and 
between FJ900, Inc. and Joust Capital, LLC***

  10.28

Interchange Agreement dated February 15, 2007 by and 
between Danaher Corporation and Joust Capital, LLC****

  10.29

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
February 20, 2007 (Commission File Number: 1-8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
February 20, 2007 (Commission File Number: 1-8089)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to Danaher 
Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008 (Commission File Number: 1-
8089)

Subsidiaries of Registrant

  12.1     Calculation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges
  21.1    
  23.1     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   
  31.1 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Item 
601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

108 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  31.2 

  32.1 

  32.2 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 
Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, Pursuant to 18 
U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, Pursuant to 18 
U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

101.INS     XBRL Instance Document*****
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*****

101.CAL

101.DEF 

101.LAB

101.PRE 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 
Document*****

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 
Document*****

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 
Document*****

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 
Document*****

* Indicates management contract or compensatory 
plan, contract or arrangement. 

** Indicates management contract or compensatory 
plan, contract or arrangement. In addition, in 
accordance with Instruction 2 to Item 601(a)(4) of 
Regulation S-K, Danaher has entered into an 
agreement with each Named Executive Officer 
named in the exhibit that is substantially identical in 
all material respects to the form of agreement 
attached, except as to the name of the counterparty.

109 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
*** In accordance with Instruction 2 to Item 601(a)
(4) of Regulation S-K, FJ900, Inc. has entered into a 
management agreement that is substantially identical 
in all material respects to the form of agreement 
attached as Exhibit 10.27, except as to the name of the 
counterparty (Joust Capital II, LLC). 

**** In accordance with Instruction 2 to Item 601(a)
(4) of Regulation S-K, Danaher Corporation has 
entered into an interchange agreement that is 
substantially identical in all material respects to the 
form of agreement attached as Exhibit 10.28, except 
as to the name of the counterparty (Joust Capital II, 
LLC). 

***** Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the 
following documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible 
Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated 
Condensed Balance Sheets at December 31, 2009 and 
December 31, 2008, (ii) Consolidated Condensed 
Statements of Earnings for the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, 
(iii) Consolidated Condensed Statement of 
Stockholders’ Equity for the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, (iv) Consolidated 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the twelve 
months ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, 
and (v) Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial 
Statements. Users of this data are advised pursuant to 
Rule 406T of Regulation S-T that this interactive data 
file is deemed not filed or part of a registration 
statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 
12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed 
for purposes of section 18 of the Securities and 
Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to 
liability under these sections. 

110 

  
  
 
  
 
  
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES 

Date: February 23, 2010

  DANAHER CORPORATION

By: 

/S/    H. LAWRENCE CULP, JR.        
H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this annual report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated:  

Name, Title and Signature

Date

/S/    H. LAWRENCE CULP, JR.         
H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

/S/    STEVEN M. RALES         
Steven M. Rales
Chairman of the Board

/S/    MITCHELL P. RALES         
Mitchell P. Rales
Chairman of the Executive Committee

/S/    WALTER G. LOHR, JR.         
Walter G. Lohr, Jr.
Director

/S/    DONALD J. EHRLICH         
Donald J. Ehrlich
Director

/S/    MORTIMER M. CAPLIN         
Mortimer M. Caplin
Director

/S/    JOHN T. SCHWIETERS         
John T. Schwieters
Director

  February 23, 2010

  February 23, 2010

  February 23, 2010

  February 23, 2010

  February 23, 2010

  February 23, 2010

  February 23, 2010

111 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    ALAN G. SPOON        
Alan G. Spoon
Director

/S/    LINDA P. HEFNER         
Linda P. Hefner
Director

/S/    ELIAS A. ZERHOUNI, M.D.         
Elias A. Zerhouni, M.D.
Director

/S/    DANIEL L. COMAS         
Daniel L. Comas
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

/S/    ROBERT S. LUTZ        
Robert S. Lutz
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

  February 23, 2010

  February 23, 2010

  February 23, 2010

  February 23, 2010

  February 23, 2010

112 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DANAHER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS  

Classification

Year Ended December 31, 2009 
Allowances deducted from asset account:
Allowance for doubtful accounts: 
Year Ended December 31, 2008 
Allowances deducted from asset account:
Allowance for doubtful accounts: 
Year Ended December 31, 2007 
Allowances deducted from asset account:
Allowance for doubtful accounts: 

Balance at
Beginning
of Period   

Charged
to Costs
& Expenses  

Charged 
to other 
Accounts 

Write Offs, 
Write Downs 
& Deductions  

Balance at
End of Period

   $120,730   $ 47,369   $2,394 (a)  

$

37,390   $ 133,103

   $108,781   $ 34,957   $1,920 (a)  

$

24,928   $ 120,730

   $102,369   $ 23,165   $5,340 (a)  

$

22,093   $ 108,781

Notes: (a)—Amounts related to businesses acquired, net of amounts related to businesses disposed.  

113 

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
Exhibit 31.1 

I, H. Lawrence Culp, Jr., certify that:  

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Danaher Corporation;  

CERTIFICATION  

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report;  

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us 
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 

about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and  

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 

registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, 
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions):  

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; 
and  

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: February 24, 2010

  /s/ H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.

  By:
  Name:  H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

  
Exhibit 31.2 

I, Daniel L. Comas, certify that:  

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Danaher Corporation;  

CERTIFICATION  

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report;  

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us 
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 

about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and  

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 

registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, 
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions):  

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; 
and  

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: February 24, 2010

  /s/ Daniel L. Comas

  By:
  Name:  Daniel L. Comas
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  
Exhibit 32.1 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, H. Lawrence Culp, Jr., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002, that to my knowledge, Danaher Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 fully 
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in 
such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Danaher 
Corporation.   

Date: February 24, 2010 

/s/ H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.  

By: 
Name:   H. Lawrence Culp, Jr. 
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer 

This certification accompanies the Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall 
not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. This 
certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except 
to the extent that Danaher Corporation specifically incorporates it by reference. 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.2 

I, Daniel L. Comas, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002, that to my knowledge, Danaher Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 fully 
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in 
such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Danaher 
Corporation.  

Date: February 24, 2010     

/s/ Daniel L. Comas  

By:     
Name:   Daniel L. Comas 
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

This certification accompanies the Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall 
not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. This 
certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except 
to the extent that Danaher Corporation specifically incorporates it by reference.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
supplemental reconciliation of non-gaaP financial information to 
corresponding financial information presented in accordance with gaaP

Reconciliation of Operating Cash Flows (GAAP) to  
Free Cash Flow (non-GAAP):

Ratio of Free Cash Flow to Net Earnings:

($ in 000’s)

December  
31, 2008

December  
31, 2009

($ in 000’s)

December  
31, 2008

December  
31, 2009

Operating Cash Flows (GAAP)

 $  1,859,029 

 $  1,800,834 

Free Cash Flow (from left chart)

 $  1,665,246 

 $  1,612,287 

Payments for Property,  
Plant & Equipment  
(Capital Expenditures)

 $   (193,783)

 $   (188,547)

Net Earnings

Free Cash Flow to Net  

 $  1,317,631

 $  1,151,704

Free Cash Flow (non-GAAP)

 $  1,665,246 

 $  1,612,287

Earnings / Conversion Ratio

1.26

1.40

the following graph compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder return in danaher  
common stock during the five years ended december 31, 2009 with the cumulative total return on the s&P 500 index (the 
equity index) and the s&P 500 industrial index (the peer index). the comparison assumes $1.00 was invested on december 
31, 2004 in danaher common stock and in both of the above indices with reinvestment of dividends. this graph is not 
deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the sec or subject to the sec’s proxy rules or to the liabilities 
of section 18 of the securities exchange act of 1934, except to the extent that danaher specifically requests that such 
information be treated as soliciting material or specifically incorporates it by reference into a filing under the securities act 
or the securities exchange act.

comparison of five-year cumulative total return
Among Danaher Corporation, S&P 500 Index and S&P 500 Industrial Index

danaher corporation

s&P 500 (equity index)

s&P 500 industrial index (Peer index)

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

12/31/04 

12/31/05 

12/31/06 

12/31/07 

12/31/08 

12/31/09

12/31/04

12/31/05

12/31/06

12/31/07

12/31/08

12/31/09

danaher corporation

s&P 500  
(equity index)

s&P 500 industrial index 
(Peer index)

1.00

0.97

1.27

1.53

0.97

1.32

1.00

1.03

1.17

1.22

0.73

0.93

1.00

1.01

1.12

1.23

0.70

0.85

    
 
directors

Mortimer M. Caplin
Founder and Member 
Caplin & Drysdale

H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.
President and  
Chief Executive Officer 
Danaher Corporation

Donald J. Ehrlich 
Retired Chairman and CEO,  
Wabash National Corp.

Linda P. Hefner 
Executive Vice President and  
General Manager – Home Division, 
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. 

Walter G. Lohr, Jr. 
Partner 
Hogan & Hartson

Mitchell P. Rales 
Chairman Of The  
Executive Committee 
Danaher Corporation

Steven M. Rales 
Chairman Of The Board 
Danaher Corporation

John T. Schwieters 
Senior Advisor  
Perseus, LLC

Alan G. Spoon 
Managing General Partner 
Polaris Venture Partners

Elias A. Zerhouni, M.D. 
Chairman and President 
Zerhouni Holdings

eXecutive officers

Steven M. Rales 
Chairman of the Board

Mitchell P. Rales 
Chairman of the  
Executive Committee

H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.  
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Daniel L. Comas   
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Financial Officer

William K. Daniel II 
Executive Vice President 

Thomas P. Joyce, Jr. 
Executive Vice President 

James A. Lico 
Executive Vice President

James H. Ditkoff   
Senior Vice President –  
Finance & Tax

Jonathan P. Graham 
Senior Vice President – 
General Counsel

Robert S. Lutz  
Senior Vice President –  
Chief Accounting Officer

Daniel A. Raskas 
Senior Vice President –  
Corporate Development

corPorate officers

Gregory H. Beason 
Vice President and  
Group Executive

Steven L. Breitzka 
Vice President and  
Group Executive

Jonathan O. Clark 
Vice President and  
Group Executive

Daniel E. Even 
Vice President and  
Group Executive

Martin Gafinowitz 
Vice President and  
Group Executive

Barbara B. Hulit 
Vice President and 
Group Executive

Alex A. Joseph 
Vice President and 
Group Executive

Kevin E. Layne 
Vice President and  
Group Executive

David R. Martyr 
Vice President and  
Group Executive

Richard D. McBee 
Vice President and  
Group Executive

Matthew L. Trerotola  
Vice President and  
Group Executive

Henk van Duijnhoven 
Vice President and 
Group Executive

J. David Bergmann 
Vice President – Audit

Brian E. Burnett 
Vice President – Danaher  
Business System Office

William H. King 
Vice President – Strategic 
Development 

Stephen Evanoff 
Vice President – Environmental, 
Health & Safety

Kevin A. Klau 
Vice President –  
Human Resources 

Frank T. McFaden 
Vice President – Treasurer 

Matt R. McGrew 
Vice President –  
Investor Relations

James F. O’Reilly 
Associate General Counsel  
and Secretary 

Jonathan L. Schwarz 
Vice President – Corporate 
Development

Laurence S. Smith 
Vice President – Tax

Philip B. Whitehead 
Vice President –  
Managing Director

Frances B. L. Zee 
Vice President – Regulatory 
Affairs/Quality Assurance

MaJor oPerating  
coMPany Presidents

AB SCIEX 
Andrew W. Boorn 
Laura C. Lauman

ChemTreat 
John A. Nygren

Danaher Tool Group  
Consumer Tools 
John P. Constantine

Fluke 
Barbara B. Hulit

Fluke Networks 
Richard D. McBee

Gilbarco Veeder-Root 
Martin Gafinowitz

Hach-Lange 
Jonathan O. Clark 

Hennessy Industries, Inc. 
Timothy J. Gilmore

Jacobs Vehicle Systems 
Robert M. Tykal

KaVo
Henk van Duijnhoven

Kollmorgen 
Kevin E. Layne

Kollmorgen Electro-Optical 
Michael J. Wall

Leica Biosystems 
Arnd Kaldowski

Leica Microsystems 
David R. Martyr

Matco Tools Corporation 
Thomas N. Willis

Molecular Devices 
Andrew W. Boorn

Pacific Scientific Energetic 
Materials Company
H. Kenyon Bixby

Pacific Scientific  
Aerospace 
Gregory H. Beason

Radiometer 
Peter Kürstein

Sybron Dental Consumables 
Steven M. Paskin 

Sybron Dental &  
Medical Solutions 
Todd A. Norbe

Sybron Specialty Products 
Donald L. Tuttle

Tektronix  
Amir Aghdaei

Tektronix Communications 
Richard D. McBee

Thomson 
Ronald N. Meyer

Trojan Technologies 
Marvin R. DeVries

Veeder-Root 
Jason R. Wilbur

Videojet Technologies 
Matthew L. Trerotola

    
 
medIcAl techNOlOgIeS  

Our medical technologies businesses 
offer dental, research and clinical 
medical professionals high performance 
instrumentation and consumables to 
help them solve the world’s leading 
scientific challenges. danaher’s life 
Sciences and diagnostics platform 
provides services and solutions to clinical 
histopathology laboratories, hospital 
central labs and point-of-care locations, 
as well as government, academic and 
pharmaceutical research laboratories. 
Our dental platform provides complete 
treatment solutions for the dental 
operatory, including dental consumables, 
digital imaging products, precision 
dental hand pieces, treatment units and 
diagnostic systems.

Financial Operating Highlights 
(dollars in thousands except per share data and number of associates)

2009 

2008

Sales 
Operating profit 
Net earnings 
Earnings per share (diluted) 
Operating cash flow 
Capital expenditures 
Free cash flow (operating cash flow less capital expenditures) 
Number of associates  
Total assets  
Total debt  
Stockholders’ equity  
Total capitalization (total debt plus stockholders’ equity)  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

11,184,938 
1,542,476 
1,151,704 
3.46 
1,800,834 
188,547 
1,612,287 
46,600 
19,595,420 
2,933,209 
11,630,176 
14,563,385 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

12,697,456
1,869,477
1,317,631
3.95
1,859,029
193,783
1,665,246
50,300
17,490,128
2,619,329
9,808,562
12,427,891

ShARehOldeR INFORmAtION

Our transfer agent can help you with a variety  
of shareholder related services including:

Additional inquiries may be directed  
to Investor Relations at:

  change of address
  lost stock certificates
  transfer of stock to another person
  Additional administrative services

Contacting our Transfer Agent

computershare 
pO Box 43078 
providence, RI  02940-3078 
toll Free: 800.568.3476 
Outside the U.S.: 312.588.4991

Investor Relations

this annual report along with a variety of  
other financial materials can be viewed at  
www.danaher.com.

danaher 
2099 pennsylvania Avenue Nw, 12th Floor 
washington, dc  20006

phone: 202.828.0850 
Fax: 202.828.0860 
email: investor.relations@danaher.com

Annual Meeting

danaher’s annual shareholder meeting will be held on 
may 11, 2010 in washington, dc. Shareholders who 
would like to attend the meeting should register with 
Investor Relations by calling 202.828.0850 or via email 
at investor.relations@danaher.com.

Auditors

ernst & Young llp, mclean, Virginia

Stock Listing

Symbol: dhR 
New York Stock exchange

www.dANAheR.cOm

    
    
 
 
 
 
d
A
N
A
h
e
R

2
0
0
9

A
N
N
U
A
l

R
e
p
O
R
t

I N V E S T E D
FUTURE

IN OUR

www.dANAheR.cOm

2009 ANNUAl RepORt

2099 pennsylvania Avenue Nw, 12th Floor  |  washington, dc 20006  |  t: 202.828.0850